Canon PIXMA MX492 User's Manual

MX490 series
Online Manual
Read Me First
Useful Functions Available on the Machine
Overview of the Machine
Printing
Copying
Scanning
Faxing
Troubleshooting
English
Contents
Read Me First. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Search Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Notes on Operation Explanations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Useful Functions Available on the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Connect Wirelessly with Ease in "Access Point Mode". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26
Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Download a Variety of Content Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Connection Methods Available on the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Connection without Using a Wireless Router (Windows XP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Notice for Web Service Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Using PIXMA Cloud Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Printing Your Printer registration ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Adding a Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Adding a PIXMA Cloud Link User. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79
Printing with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Checking Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93
Online Storage Integration Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . .
96
Printing with Windows RT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Overview of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Safety Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Regulatory and Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
101
Main Components and Basic Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
111
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
About the Power Supply of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Confirming that the Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Turning the Machine On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
119
LCD and Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Loading Paper / Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
131
Media Types You Can Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Media Types You Cannot Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Printing Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Printing Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Letter, Legal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Position to Load Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
148
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
149
How to Load Originals for Each Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150
Originals You Can Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Checking the Ink Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
168
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Performing Maintenance from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
183
Cleaning the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
187
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
190
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
191
Changing the Machine Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Registering a Changed Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
199
Reducing the Printer Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Fax settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Output settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
211
Dev. user settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Cassette settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
About Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
218
Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Information about Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Useful Information about Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
222
223
Default Values Set at Factory (Network). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Connecting to Other Computer with LAN/Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN. . 227
Printing Out Network Setting Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About Network Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
228
230
Changing and Confirming Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
IJ Network Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Canon IJ Network Tool Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
235
Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
237
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Monitoring Wireless Network Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250
Viewing the Modified Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Appendix for Network Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Using the Card Slot over a Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
253
About Technical Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Useful Information about Ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Key Points to Successful Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Canceling a Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Storing Printed Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
269
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
About the Administrator Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
279
List of Function for Each Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
283
Printing from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Printing with Easy Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
291
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Setting the Stapling Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Execute Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
296
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Specifying Color Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software). . . . . . 313
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Adjusting Color Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
Adjusting Brightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Adjusting Intensity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Adjusting Contrast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Page Setup Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Print Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Quality & Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Color Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
334
Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Canon IJ Printer Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
338
Maintenance of this Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Display the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Updating the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
344
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
345
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Before Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
348
Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Paper setting for Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
353
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Reducing or Enlarging a Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
About Special copy Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
363
Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Copying Thick Originals Such as Books. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Copying without Borders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Collated Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
370
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Scanning from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Scanning with IJ Scan Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Starting IJ Scan Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Scanning Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Scanning Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Scanning with Favorite Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380
Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Scanning Multiple Items at One Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). . . . . . . . . . 388
Saving after Checking Scan Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Sending Scanned Images via E-mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
IJ Scan Utility Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
IJ Scan Utility Main Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Settings Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Network Selection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Save Settings Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Image Stitch Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Scanning with Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Image Corrections and Color Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
460
Updating the Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Before Installing the Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Installing the Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Useful Information on Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Data Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . .
473
Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . .
481
Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Preparing for Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Connecting the Telephone Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Setting the Telephone Line Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Setting the Receive Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Setting the Sender Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Sending Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Resending Faxes (Redialing a Busy Number). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Setting Items for Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Sending Faxes Using Useful Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
508
Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Sending the Same Document to Several Recipients (Sequential Broadcasting). . . . . . . . . . . . .
512
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Using the On Hook Dial Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
516
Registering Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Registering Recipients Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Registering the Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Registering Recipients in Group Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Changing Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Deleting Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
527
Printing a List of the Registered Destinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
529
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
530
Speed Dial Utility Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
531
Saving Registered Information on the Machine to Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
536
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
538
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Calling the Registered Information Up from Your Computer and Registering the Information to the
Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Uninstalling Speed Dial Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
544
Changing the Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Memory Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Receiving Faxes Using Useful Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
552
Remote Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Rejecting Fax Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
Using the Caller ID Service to Reject Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
Other Useful Fax Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
Using the Information Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
561
Document Stored in Machine's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
Printing a Document in Machine's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
Deleting a Document in Machine's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
565
Summary of Reports and Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Problems with Network Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Cannot Detect the Machine when Setting Up Network Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Problems with the Machine while Using with Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Forgot a Wireless Router Name, SSID, or a Network Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
588
The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing a Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings. . . . . . . . . .
591
Printing Speed Is Slow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Other Problems with Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen during Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Checking Information about the Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
How to Restore the Machine's Network Settings to Factory Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
600
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Problems with Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Printing Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Paper Jams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Print Results Not Satisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Cannot Print to End of Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Colors Are Unclear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
614
Lines Are Misaligned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
617
Back of the Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
Colors Are Uneven or Streaked. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Ink Is Not Ejected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
Copying/Printing Stops Before It Is Completed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Problems with Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
Problems Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
Cannot Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Cannot Perform Sequential Broadcasting by Redialing, or Cannot Dial by Entering the Numbers 633
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
Problems Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Machine Does Not Switch Automatically between Voice and Fax Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Quality of Received Fax is Poor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
639
Cannot Receive a Color Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
Cannot Send a Fax Clearly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Telephone Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
Cannot Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Telephone Disconnects During a Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
Problems with Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
Problems with Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
647
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
Scanner Driver Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
649
Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Slow Scanning Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
"There is not enough memory." Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
Computer Stops Operating during Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Scanned Image Does Not Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Scan Results Not Satisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Cannot Scan at the Correct Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation
Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
Item Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
662
Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
Problems with the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
The Machine Cannot Be Powered On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
LCD Cannot Be Seen At All. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
670
FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Problems with Installation/Downloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
Cannot Install the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
Uninstalling IJ Network Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
674
About Errors/Messages Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
If an Error Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the Fax Standby Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
A Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
680
If You Cannot Resolve the Problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
List of Support Code for Error (When Paper Is Jammed). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
1303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
2801. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
In Other Cases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
1003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
1203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
1250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
1403. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
1485. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
1682. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
1684. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
1686. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
168A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
1702. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
1703. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
1704. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
1705. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
1712. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
1713. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
1714. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
1715. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
1871. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
2120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
2700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
2802. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
2803. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
2900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
2901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
4100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
5040. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
5400. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
5B02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
5B03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
5B04. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
5B05. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
5B12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
5B13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
5B14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
5B15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
6500. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
6800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
6801. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
6900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
6901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
6902. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
6910. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
6911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
6930. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
6931. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
6932. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
6933. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
6936. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
6937. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
6938. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
6939. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
693A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
6940. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
6941. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
6942. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
6943. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
6944. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
6945. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
6946. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
9500. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
B201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
B202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
B203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
B204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
Read Me First
Notes on Online Manual Usage
How to Print
Notes on Online Manual Usage
• Reproduction, diversion or copying of any text, photo or image published in the Online Manual
(hereinafter referred to as "this guide"), in whole or in part, is prohibited.
• In principle, Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers.
In addition, Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons.
Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion
of information in this guide, or suspension/stoppage of disclosure of this guide.
• Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care, please contact the service
center if you find any incorrect or missing information.
• In principle, the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale.
• This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon. See the manual supplied
with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide.
How to Print
Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide.
To print background colors and images, follow the steps below to display the Print dialog options, then
select the Print backgrounds checkbox.
1. Click Print... from the File menu.
2. Click Show Details or
(Down Arrow).
3. Select Safari from the pop-up menu.
16
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information. To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the
product, be sure to read these indications.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basic
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
17
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, AirPort, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other countries. AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Android, Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks
or trademarks of Google Inc.
• Adobe, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other
countries.
• Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemühle FineArt GmbH.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2004, Apple Computer, Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Computer, Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
18
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any
modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to
Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity
authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code
control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is
conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as
stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
19
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent
litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the
Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that
You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at
least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
20
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
21
Enter keywords in the search window and click
(Search).
You can search for target pages in this guide.
Entry example: "(your product's model name) load paper"
Search Tips
You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window.
Note
• The displayed screen may vary.
• When searching from this page or the "Home" page without entering your product's model name or your
application's name, all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search.
If you want to narrow down the search results, add your product's model name or your application's
name to the keywords.
• Searching for Functions
Enter your product's model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about
Example: When you want to learn how to load paper
Enter "(your product's model name) load paper" in the search window and perform a search
• Troubleshooting Errors
Enter your product's model name and a support code
Example: When the following error screen appears
Enter "(your product's model name) 1000" in the search window and perform a search
22
Note
• The displayed screen varies depending on your product.
• Searching for Application Functions
Enter your application's name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about
Example: When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden
Enter "My Image Garden collage" in the search window and perform a search
• Searching for Reference Pages
Enter your model name and a reference page title*
* You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well.
Example: When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning
procedure page
Refer to "Color Settings Tab" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Enter "(your product's model name) scan Color Settings Tab" in the search window and perform a
search
23
Notes on Operation Explanations
In this guide, most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when OS X Mavericks
v10.9 is used.
24
Useful Functions Available on the Machine
Connect Wirelessly with Ease in "Access Point Mode"
Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden
Download a Variety of Content Materials
Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application)
Connection Methods Available on the Machine
Using PIXMA Cloud Link
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device
Checking Printer Information
Online Storage Integration Function
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions
Printing with Windows RT
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan
Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch)
Scanning Multiple Items at One Time
25
Connect Wirelessly with Ease in "Access Point Mode"
The machine supports "access point mode" in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a
computer or smartphone even in an environment without a wireless LAN router.
Switch to "access point mode" with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly.
When you use the machine with the access point mode, be sure to specify the access point name of the
machine and the security setting in advance.
Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode
26
Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden
Organize Images Easily
In My Image Garden, you can register the names of people and events to photos.
You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar, event,
and person. This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on.
<Calendar View>
<People View>
Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows
Based on the information registered to photos, Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your
computer and creates recommended items such as collages and cards. The created items appear in slide
shows.
If there is an item you like, you can easily print it in just two steps.
1. In Image Display of Quick Menu, select the item you want to print.
2. Print the item with My Image Garden.
27
Place Photos Automatically
Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the
theme.
Other Various Functions
My Image Garden has many other useful functions.
Refer to "What You Can Do with My Image Garden" for details.
28
Download a Variety of Content Materials
CREATIVE PARK
A "printing materials site" where you can download all the printing materials for free.
Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper
parts are provided.
It is easily accessible from Quick Menu.
CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM
A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive
printing materials.
PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden. Downloaded PREMIUM Contents
can be printed directly with My Image Garden.
To download PREMIUM Contents, make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks/ink cartridges are installed for
all colors on a supported printer.
Note
• The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice.
29
Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application)
You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages, anytime and anywhere,
by simply accessing Easy-PhotoPrint+ on the web from a computer or tablet.
By using Easy-PhotoPrint+, you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble
of installation.
Moreover, you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as
Facebook, or with online storage, web albums, etc.
Refer to "Easy-PhotoPrint+ Guide" for details.
30
Connection Methods Available on the Machine
The following connection methods are available on the machine.
Wireless Connection
With a wireless router
Without a wireless router
USB Connection
Wireless Connection
There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device (such as a smartphone). One method is
to connect using a wireless router, and the other method is to connect without using a wireless router.
The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time.
If you have a wireless router, it is recommended that you use the method described in Connection Using a
Wireless Router.
When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer, connect it using the
same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connection Using a Wireless Router
• Connect the printer and a device using a wireless router.
• Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
• You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer.
(Wi-Fi icon) is
• When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
31
Connection without Using a Wireless Router
• Connect the printer and a device without using a wireless router. Connect a device and the printer
directly using the printer's access point mode function.
• When establishing a connection in access point mode, Internet connection may become unavailable.
In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
• If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in access
point mode, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case, the
connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your
device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
• In access point mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.
• Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol can be changed on the printer.
When Using Windows XP:
Connection without Using a Wireless Router (Windows XP)
USB Connection
Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable. Prepare a USB cable.
Restrictions
(Appears in a new window)
32
Connection without Using a Wireless Router (Windows XP)
Restrictions
(Appears in a new window)
1. Press the Setup button (A) on the printer.
2. Use the
or
button (B) to select Device settings, then press the OK button.
3. Select LAN settings, then press the OK button.
4. Select Change LAN, then press the OK button.
5. Select Access point mode, then press the OK button.
33
6. Select SSID, then press the OK button.
7. Check SSID information in the printer screen, then press the Back button (C).
You will use the SSID information in the subsequent steps.
8. Select Security protocol, then press the OK button.
9. Check the Password (network key), then press the Back button.
You will use the Password (network key) in the subsequent steps.
10. Select Start setup, then press the OK button.
11. Right-click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar on
the computer, then select View Available Wireless Networks.
34
12. Select the network name (SSID) you want to use, then click Connect.
13. Enter the Password (Network key), then click Connect.
14. When connection is complete, click Back until the screen below appears.
Proceed with the setup.
35
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a smartphone) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection.
Connection Using a Wireless Router
• This printer cannot be used over wireless and wired connections at the same time.
• Make sure that a device and a wireless router are connected. For details on how to check the
settings, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• The configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of the network device vary
depending on your system environment. For details, refer to the manual of your network device or
contact its manufacturer.
• Check if your device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.
• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security
protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or
change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while
changing the setting. Do not operate the screen of this guide until the setup is complete.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Take added care when connecting to a network that is not protected with security measures, as there
is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.
Connection without Using a Wireless Router
Important
• If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in access
point mode, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case, the
connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your
device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection, charges may apply
depending on your contract.
• When you connect a device and the printer in access point mode, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
• You cannot connect to a wireless router and the printer that is in access point mode at the same
time. If you have a wireless router, it is recommended that you use the wireless router to connect
to the printer.
• To prevent automatic connection to the printer that is in access point mode, change the
connection mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings
of the device.
For details on how to change the settings of a device, refer to the manual supplied with the
device or contact its manufacturer.
• When connecting a device and the printer in access point mode, Internet connection may become
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
36
• In access point mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.
• Devices connected to the printer in access point mode cannot communicate with each other.
• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using the access point mode.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
Connection Using a Wired Network
• This printer cannot be used over wireless and wired connections at the same time.
• When using a router, connect the printer and a device to the LAN side (same network segment).
37
Notice for Web Service Printing
When Using Web Service
• Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided, the availability of
site access, or permission to download the materials.
• Canon may at any time update, change, or delete the information provided through the web service,
or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice. Canon shall not be held responsible
for any damages resulting from such actions.
• In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web
services.
• User registration is necessary before using the photo sharing site.
When you use the photo sharing site, observe the conditions of use of the site and use the service
within your own responsibility.
• All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in.
• Depending on your network environment, some functions on web service are not available. Even if
they are available, it may take a while to print or display the contents, or communication may be
interrupted while operation is in progress.
• When you use web service, your machine's name, information of your region or country, your selected
language, and what kind of service you use (e.g. photo sharing site) are sent to and saved in our
server. Canon is unable to identify specific customers using this information.
• Your login name and password for the photo sharing site are saved in the machine's memory (not
encrypted).
If you hand over the machine to anyone or dispose of it, delete your login name and password from
the machine's memory in advance.
• The account information will be sent to Canon Inc. server (located in Japan), then forwarded to the
service provider's server.
• Canon handles your account information as follows:
◦ Your account information will be used in personal identification process of the selected service.
◦ Canon will not provide your account information to any third party without your consent, except for
sending to the service provider or providing based on laws and regulations.
◦ After the conclusion of non-disclosure agreement, Canon may deposit your account information to
the contractor to achieve the purpose of use.
◦ Canon endeavors to secure the safety of your account information.
◦ It is at your option to enter and send your account information. However, the service that requires
to enter your account information is not available unless you enter and send it.
◦ Your account information does not remain in Canon Inc. server. At the latest, it will be deleted
when you have disconnected your printer from LAN.
◦ For details, contact a Canon-authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in.
To Those Living in Mainland China
• PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, Easy-PhotoPrint+, and some functions of PIXMA/MAXIFY Printing
Solutions, which are included with this machine, are provided by Canon Inc.
However, as the server is installed outside of mainland China, some of these services may not be
available yet.
38
Copyrights and Rights of Publicity
When printing from the photo sharing site:
• Observe the conditions of use of the photo sharing site when you use photos on the site.
• It is unlawful to reproduce or edit the copyrighted work of another person without permission from the
copyright holder, except for personal use, use within the home, or other use within the limited scope
as defined by the copyright. Additionally, reproducing or editing photographs of people may infringe
on Rights of Publicity.
When printing downloaded template forms:
1. The copyright of each material (photos, illustrations, logos, or documents: hereinafter referred to as
"the materials") provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners.
Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters
displayed on the web template printing service.
Except as otherwise permitted (please see "2" below), copying, modifying or distributing all or a
portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of
the respective rights (Rights of Publicity and Copyright) holder is strictly prohibited.
2. All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and
non-commercial purposes.
39
Using PIXMA Cloud Link
By using PIXMA Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE
GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer:
• Print images from a photo-sharing service
• Print documents from a data management service
• Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.
In addition, you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud
services.
Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer
Important
• In certain countries, PIXMA Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different.
• Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps. For such apps, please set up
an account beforehand.
• To find out which models support PIXMA Cloud Link check the Canon homepage.
• The screen display may change without prior notice.
40
Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or
Computer
Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
Adding a Printer
Adding a PIXMA Cloud Link User
Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
41
Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you
to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device, and
checking the print status, print error, and ink status of the printer. You can also print app photos and
documents from your smartphone or tablet.
First, check the following content:
• Precautions
If you plan to use the web service to print documents, be sure to check these precautions beforehand.
• Printer specification
Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer.
• Network environment
The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet.
Important
• The user will bear the cost of Internet access.
• Operating requirements
For computers, smartphones, and tablet devices, see "Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing
Center operation".
Important
• This service may not be available in certain countries or regions. Also even if the service is available,
there are apps that cannot be used in certain regions.
Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
42
Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation
Computer
CPU
x86 or x64 1.6 GHz or higher
RAM
2 GB or higher
Monitor display
Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher
Number of display colors 24 bits (true-color) or higher
OS
Browser
Windows XP SP3 or later
Internet Explorer 8*
Mozilla Firefox
Google Chrome
Windows Vista SP1 or later
Internet Explorer 8*, 9
Mozilla Firefox
Google Chrome
Internet Explorer 8*, 9, 10, 11
Windows 7
Mozilla Firefox
Google Chrome
Internet Explorer 10
Windows 8
Mozilla Firefox
Google Chrome
Internet Explorer 11
Windows 8.1
Mozilla Firefox
Google Chrome
Mac OS X v10.6-OS X Mavericks v10.9 Safari 5.1, 6, 7
* When you use Internet Explorer 8, the web pages may not display correctly. Canon recommends that
you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 or later, or use another browser.
Smartphone or tablet
OS
iOS 5.1 or later
Android 2.3.3 or later
Browser
OS standard browser
Resolution
320 x 480 (HVGA) or higher
480 x 800 (HVGA) or higher
*Android3.x is not supported.
Important
• On the browser you are using, enable JavaScript and cookies.
• If you use the zoom function or change the font size on your browser, the web pages may not display
correctly.
• If you use the translation function of Google Chrome, the web pages may not display correctly.
• If you use a proxy server outside of your country, the service may not be able to determine the correct
region.
• In an in-house network environment, the 5222 port must be released. For confirmation instructions,
contact the network administrator.
43
Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register
the user information.
Print registration information from the printer
1. On the printer operation panel, select the
Setup button, and then select Web
service setup -> Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Register w/ service
2. In the registration confirmation window, Select Yes
3. In the print settings, select the display language
4. Follow the instructions displayed in the window, and print the URL of the authentication
site and the Printer registration ID
Set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK.
The authentication URL and Printer registration ID are printed.
Note
• You will use this printed page in the next step.
44
Important
• The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes.
Access the URL on the printed page, and then enter the e-mail address and
other necessary information
Important
• Do not use the Back button of the web browser while an operation is processing. The screen may not
transition properly.
1. Use the web browser on your PC, smartphone, tablet, or other devices to access the
authentication URL
2. When the printer registration screen is displayed, select Create new account
45
3. Enter the E-mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer's owner, and then
select OK
The registration page URL is sent to the e-mail address entered.
Important
• There are character restrictions for the e-mail address, as shown below.
• Up to 255 characters consisting of single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!$'*/
^_{}|~.-@). (Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated.)
• Multibyte characters cannot be used.
You will get an error if the e-mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be
used.
• If you registered a different e-mail address by mistake, you can cancel the registration by
selecting the Setup button on the printer operation panel, and then selecting Web service
setup -> Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Delete from service.
• You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter. If you have a
setting to receive only the e-mails from certain domains, be sure to change the setting to allow
46
receiving e-mails from "noreply@mail.cs.c-ij.com".
There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e-mail because of the spam filter
setting or if you entered an incorrect e-mail address.
Access the URL in the e-mail, register the information, and complete the
user registration
1. When an e-mail with the subject "Information on Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center" is
sent to the e-mail address that you entered, select the URL
2. In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud
Printing Center, read the statements, and select Agree if you agree
47
3. In the user information entry screen, enter your Password, and select Next
Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Important
• There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below.
• The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric
characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive)
4. Enter the User Name
Enter the name that identifies the user.
48
Important
• The User Name entry field has the following character restrictions:
• The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric
characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive)
5. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Next
Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your
region.
Apply daylight saving time
This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected.
Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time.
6. Enter the Security code and select Done
49
Enter the code for authenticating the user.
Important
• You can register to this service without setting a Security code. However, from the viewpoint of
security, we recommend that you set a Security code.
• The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions:
• Up to 8 single-byte numbers
The registration is complete. A registration completion message is displayed.
When you select the OK button in the message, the login screen is displayed.
Enter the registered e-mail address and password, and log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
50
Printing Your Printer registration ID
To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you will need a Printer registration ID.
From the operation panel of this printer, print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer
registration ID. The procedure is as follows:
1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet
Important
• To use this function, you must connect this printer to the Internet.
2. On the printer operation panel, select the
Setup button, and then select Web
service setup -> Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Register w/ service
3. In the registration confirmation window, Select Yes
4. In the print settings, select the display language
5. Follow the instructions displayed in the window, and print the URL of the authentication site
and your Printer registration ID
When you set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK, the authentication site URL
and your Printer registration ID are printed.
Important
• The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes.
51
Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window
This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your
smartphone, tablet device, or computer.
Description of the Login screen
Description of the Main screen
Description of the Login screen
This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Important
• You have 5 tries to enter your password. If you fail, you will not be able to log in for about the next
hour.
• You remain logged in for an hour after the last access.
Language
Select the language you will be using.
E-mail address
Enter the e-mail address that you entered in the user registration.
Important
• The e-mail address is case-sensitive. Make sure the case is correct.
Password
Enter the password that you entered in the user registration.
Keep login info
When you select the check box, the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the
service screen was accessed.
Reset password from here
Select this if you forgot the password.
Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen.
52
Create new account
A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
For a new registration, you need the Printer registration ID.
System requirements
This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Software license info
The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed.
About this service
This displays the descriptions of this service.
Description of the Main screen
When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, the Main screen appears.
Important
• With this service, the functions available to Standard user of the printer are different from those
available to the printer Administrator.
Standard user can only use the functions marked by an asterisk (*).
You can use areas shown below to start*, add, and manage apps.
If you are using a smartphone or a tablet, you can also print photos and documents.
If you are using a smartphone or tablet
If you are using a PC
If you are using a smartphone or tablet
(1) Left context menu
(2) Printer name area
(3) Right context menu
53
(4) Display area
(5) Menu area
(1) Left context menu
When you select
, the Mng. printer screen or the Manage users screen appears.
For general users, only the Select printer screen appears.
Mng. printer screen (Select printer screen)
For the Administrator
From the Mng. printer screen, you can check* or update* printer information registered to the Canon
Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, copy apps, change printer names, delete printers, and add printers.
For the Standard user
From the Select printer screen, you can check* or update* printer information registered to the Canon
Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
• Check the printer information*
The registered printer name is displayed.
indicates the currently selected printer.
indicates that an error occurred on the printer.
54
• Display update date/time of the printer information*
This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated.
refreshes the information.
• Copy apps (Administrator only)
Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer.
When you select
, the screen shown below appears.
Set the Destination printer and the Source printer. Then select OK.
• Change the printer name (Administrator only)
, a screen to change the printer name appears.
When you select
Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name.
Important
• The printer name entry has the following character limitation:
• Up to 128 characters (Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated.)
• Delete printers (Administrator only)
When you select
, the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
When transferring the ownership of the printer, select Clear the information saved on the printer.
• Add printers (Administrator only)
Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer.
55
Note
• Although the number of printers that can be registered for one e-mail address is not limited,
only up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate.
Manage users screen
For the Administrator
From the Manage users screen, you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud
Printing Center, delete users, add users, and change the Administrator and Standard user settings.
• User deletion (Administrator only)
Select the check box of the user to be deleted, and select Delete.
However, you cannot delete yourself. To delete yourself, cancel your membership from the user
information screen.
• Adding a user (Administrator only)
Select Add user. The user registration screen appears.
• Changing Administrator and Standard user settings (Administrator only)
You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users.
(2) Printer name area
The registered name of the printer selected is displayed.
The Administrator can change the printer name from the Mng. printer screen of the left context menu.
(3) Right context menu
When you select
, the context menu appears.
The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area.
The
symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice.
56
•
Sort (Administrator only)
This displays the screen to sort registered apps.
You can use the
buttons to change the display order of apps. When you finish sorting,
press the Done button to confirm the order.
•
Latest notices*
This displays the latest notices. The
symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice.
57
•
User information*
This displays the User information screen.
You can change the registered e-mail address, password, language, time zone, and other settings.
•
Help/legal notices*
The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are
displayed.
Log out*
•
This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
(4) Display area
The display changes based on the menu you select.
(5) Menu area
The following 4 menu buttons are displayed:
•
Apps*
This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area.
•
Config (Administrator only)
This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area.
The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps.
The Registered screen lists registered apps.
You can check the information of these apps or deregister them.
58
On the Search apps screen, the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud
Printing Center are displayed by category.
◦ When you select
When you select
, the details of the app are displayed.
/
, you can choose to register or unregister the app.
Note
• Description of displayed icons
: Cannot be used because it is not yet released, not available in your region, or does
not support your model.
: Can be used with genuine Canon ink.
59
•
Properties*
This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected.
You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred. You can also
access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual.
Important
• The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time, depending on
the printer status.
•
Manage jobs*
This screen displays the print or scan status and history.
You can check the print or scan status by looking at Status list, and the print or scan history by
looking at History.
You can also cancel print or scan jobs and delete history information.
To cancel or delete a job, select that job and then select Cancel or Delete.
If you are using a PC
(1) Mng. printer (Select printer) button
(2) Manage users button
(3) Printer name area
(4) Menu area
(5) Notices area
(6) Information area
(7) Global navigation area
60
(8) Display area
(1) Mng. printer (Select printer) button
When you select the Mng. printer (Select printer) button, the Mng. printer (Select printer) screen
appears.
For the Administrator
From the Mng. printer screen, you can check* or update* printer information registered to the Canon
Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, copy apps, change printer names, delete printers, and add printers.
For the Standard user
From the Select printer screen, you can check* or update* printer information registered to the Canon
Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
• Check the printer information*
The registered printer name is displayed.
indicates the currently selected printer.
indicates that an error occurred on the printer.
61
• Display update date/time of the printer information*
This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated.
refreshes the information.
• Copy apps (Administrator only)
Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer.
When you select
, the screen shown below appears.
Set the Destination printer and the Source printer. Then select OK.
• Change the printer name (Administrator only)
, a screen to change the printer name appears.
When you select
Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name.
Important
• The printer name entry has the following character limitation:
• Up to 128 characters (Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated.)
• Delete printers (Administrator only)
When you select
, the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
When transferring the ownership of the printer, select Clear the information saved on the printer.
62
• Add printers (Administrator only)
Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer.
Note
• Although the number of printers that can be registered for one e-mail address is not limited,
only up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate.
(2) Manage users button
When you select the Manage users button, the Manage users screen appears.
For the Administrator
From the Manage users screen, you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud
Printing Center, delete users, add users, and change the Administrator and Standard user settings.
• User deletion (Administrator only)
Select the check box of the user to be deleted, and select Delete.
However, you cannot delete yourself. To delete yourself, cancel your membership from the user
information screen.
• Adding a user (Administrator only)
Select Add user. The user registration screen appears.
• Changing Administrator and Standard user settings (Administrator only)
You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users.
(3) Printer name area
The registered name of the printer selected is displayed.
63
The Administrator can change the printer name from the Mng. printer screen of the Mng. printer
button.
(4) Menu area
The following 4 menu buttons are displayed:
•
Sort (Apps) (Administrator only)
This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area.
Drag the app to change the order.
When you finish sorting, press the Set sort order button and confirm the order.
•
Config (Administrator only)
This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area.
The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps.
The Registered screen lists registered apps.
You can check the information of these apps or deregister them.
On the Search apps screen, the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud
Printing Center are displayed by category.
64
◦ When you select
, the details of the app are displayed.
When you select
/
, you can choose to register or unregister the app.
Note
• Description of displayed icons
: Cannot be used because it is not yet released, not available in your region, or does
not support your model.
: Can be used with genuine Canon ink.
•
Properties*
This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected.
You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred. You can also
access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual.
Important
• The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time, depending on
the printer status.
•
Manage jobs*
This screen displays the print or scan status and history.
You can check the print or scan status by looking at Status list, and the print or scan history by
looking at History.
You can also cancel print or scan jobs and delete history information.
To cancel or delete a job, select that job and then select Cancel or Delete.
65
(5) Notices area
This displays the latest notice. Nothing is displayed in this area if there is no notice.
When you select Notice list, you can display up to 40 items.
(6) Information area
This display other information, including the privacy statement and other companies' licensing
information.
(7) Global navigation area
The User information*, Instructions*, and Log out* buttons are displayed.
Press the User information to change the settings.
(8) Display area
The display changes based on the menu you select.
66
67
Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
When the user registration is completed, you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use
the service.
1. From your PC, smartphone, or tablet, access the service login URL (http://cs.c-ij.com/)
2. On the Login screen, enter the E-mail address and Password, and then select Log in
Important
• The e-mail address and password are case-sensitive. Make sure the case is correct.
E-mail address
Enter the e-mail address that you entered in the user registration.
Password
Enter the password that you entered in the user registration.
Keep login info
When you select the check box, the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the
service screen was accessed.
Important
• If you fail to log in five straight times, you will not be able to login again for an hour.
• You remain logged in for an hour after the last access.
• The service may not function properly if you log in from multiple devices at the same time.
After logging in, you can use useful services such as adding/managing apps that work in conjunction with
this product's cloud functionality and checking the ink status.
For screen descriptions and operation instructions, see "Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window".
Printing procedure
This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example.
68
Important
•
•
•
•
The available functions differ depending on the app.
The printing procedure differs depending on the app.
You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand.
The following file formats can be printed: jpg, jpeg, pdf, docx, doc, xlsx, xls, pptx, ppt, and rtf.
The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app.
• Before you print, check that printer is on and is connected to the network. Then start.
• This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet.
Note
• You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jpg and jpeg file formats.
1. On the Main screen, select the app to be used
2. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then
select Log in
3. In the displayed album list, select the album of your choice
69
4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next
5. Make the necessary print settings, and then select Print
70
6. A print job completion message appears, and printing starts
To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3.
To end the printing, select Apps. The screen returns to the apps list screen.
Important
• If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued, the print job will expire and
cannot be printed.
• With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs, print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are
also included in the print count.
Adding a Printer
71
Adding a Printer
With one account, you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers.
The procedure for adding a printer is as follows:
1. Print the registration information from the printer to be added
2. From the browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, access the authentication site
URL
3. When the printer registration screen is displayed, select Add printer
4. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then
select Log in
5. Enter your Printer registration ID, and select OK
72
Note
• When you access the service from Remote UI, the Printer registration ID is entered
automatically.
Printer addition is completed.
If a printer added message is not displayed, follow the instructions on the displayed screen.
Adding a PIXMA Cloud Link User
73
Adding a PIXMA Cloud Link User
Several people can use one printer.
This section describes the user addition procedure and the user privileges.
Adding a user
1. On the service screen, select Manage users
2. Select Add user
Note
• When you select Add user, the service first checks whether the maximum number of users has
been reached. If new users can be added, the user registration screen appears.
• The maximum number of users that can be added for 1 printer is 20.
74
3. Enter the e-mail address of the user to be added, and then select OK
The URL for completing the registration is then sent to the entered e-mail address.
4. Access the URL reported in the e-mail
5. Read the terms displayed in the License agreement and Privacy statement screens. If
you agree to the terms, select Agree.
6. In the user information entry screen, enter your Password, and select Next
75
Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Important
• There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below.
• The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric
characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive)
7. Enter the User Name
Enter the name that identifies the user.
Important
• The User Name entry field has the following character restrictions:
• The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric
characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive)
76
8. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Next
Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your
region.
Apply daylight saving time
This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected.
Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time.
9. Enter the Security code and select Done
Enter the code for authenticating the user.
Important
• You can register to this service without setting a Security code. However, from the viewpoint of
security, we recommend that you set a Security code.
• The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions:
77
• Up to 8 single-byte numbers
The main registration is complete, and a registration completion e-mail is sent.
Note
• A cookie for the selected user is added to the printer, and the login status of each user is recovered.
Cookies for up to 8 users can be registered to 1 printer.
Printer user privileges
If several users are using the cloud service for 1 printer, each user is categorized as the Administrator or
a Standard user.
Note
• The user who is registered first becomes the Administrator. The administrator can change the
privileges of users from the Manage users screen.
An Administrator can change printer information, add and delete apps, manage users, and perform
various other operations.
A Standard user can check printer information and start apps.
For information about the functions that each user can use, refer to the "Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing
Center window".
Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
78
Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center
If an app cannot be installed
If the registered app is not in the Apps list
If the information is not updated when you press the Update button
If you do not receive the registration e-mail
If you cannot print
Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything
If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac
If an app cannot be installed
Check the country or region where the printer was purchased.
If the printer is taken outside the country or region where it was purchased, apps cannot be installed.
If the registered app is not in the Apps list
Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app, the app will not be
displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered.
If you switch back to the target language of the app, it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be
able to start, register, or unregister the app.
If the information is not updated when you press the Update button
Because the Properties screen requires network connection with this product, the information may not be
reflected immediately. Please wait awhile, and then try updating the information again.
If the information is still not updated, then check that the product is connected to the Internet.
If you do not receive the registration e-mail
You may have entered a different e-mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud
Printing Center.
Setup button, and then select Web service setup ->
On the printer operation panel, select the
Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Delete from service to delete the service registration.
After resetting the printer, repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the
beginning.
If you cannot print
Check the following if you cannot print.
• Check that the printer is connected to the Internet.
• Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet.
• Check that no error message is displayed on the printer's LCD monitor.
• If printing does not start even after you wait awhile, go to the printer operation panel, select
Setup, and run Web service inquiry. If printing does not start, run the inquiry several times.
79
If the problem is not resolved, use the printer driver from your computer to perform the print job and check
whether the data can be printed normally on the printer.
If you still cannot print, see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual.
Note
• With a wireless LAN connection, after the printer is turned on, it may take several minutes before
communication is possible. Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network, and wait a
while before you start printing.
• If the printer is not turned on or is not connected to the Internet, and consequently a print job is not
processed within 24 hours after it was submitted, the print job is automatically canceled. If this
happens, check the printer power and the Internet connection, and then re-submit the print job.
Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything
A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services.
On the printer operation panel, select the
Setup button, and then select Web service setup ->
Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Delete from service to delete the service registration.
After resetting the printer, repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the
beginning.
If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct
password in iOS or Mac
If you are using iOS or Mac and the password contains the ¥ or ₩ symbol, enter a backslash instead. For
instructions on entering a backslash, see the OS help.
80
Printing with Google Cloud Print
The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google
Inc.).
By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google
Cloud Print.
1. Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print
2. Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print
Important
• LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print
with Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.
• This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in.
81
Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print
To print with Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud
Print in advance.
Getting Google Account
If you already have Google account, register the printer.
Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print
Getting Google Account
First, get your Google account in order to register the printer with Google Cloud Print.
Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device, then register
the required information.
* The screen above may change without prior notice.
Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print
Register the printer with Google Cloud Print.
Registration Using Google Chrome
Registration from the Printer
Important
• When you register a printer, the printer must be connected to the LAN and the LAN environment
must be connected to the Internet. Note that the customer is responsible for all Internet connection
fees.
• When the printer owner changes, delete the printer registration from Google Cloud Print.
82
Registration Using Google Chrome
1. Start the Google Chrome browser on your computer, smartphone, or tablet device.
Then from
account
2. From
(Chrome menu), select Sign in to Chrome..., and log in to your Google
(Chrome menu), select Settings
3. Click Show advanced settings... to display the information. Then for Google Cloud
Print, select Manage
4. Select Add printers for the printer to be added
5. When the confirmation message for registering the printer appears, select OK
Printer registration is complete.
Registration from the Printer
The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required
in the process of registering. Because the authentication URL is printed from printer when the
authentication process is performed, prepare A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper.
1. Make sure that the printer is turned on
2. From the operation panel, select the Setup button
3. Select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> GoogleCloudPrint -> Register w/
service
Note
• If you have already registered the printer with Google Cloud Print, the confirmation message
to re-register the printer is displayed.
4. When the confirmation screen to register the printer is displayed, select Yes
5. Select a display language on the print setting screen of Google Cloud Print
The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed.
6. Set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK
The authentication URL is printed.
7. Ensure that the authentication URL is printed, select Yes
83
8. Perform the authentication process using the web browser on the computer or the
mobile device
Access to the URL using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and perform the
authentication process following the on-screen instructions.
Note
• Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in
advance.
9. When the message that the registration is complete is displayed on the LCD of the
printer, select OK
When authentication process is complete properly, the registration items are displayed. When
authentication process is complete, you can print the data with Google Cloud Print.
When authentication process is not complete properly and the error message is displayed, select
OK. When the confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed, print the
authentication URL, then perform the authentication process on the computer again.
Deleting the Printer from Google Cloud Print
To change the printer owner or to re-register the printer, first delete the printer from Google Cloud Print by
using the respective procedure.
Deletion from Google Chrome
Deletion from the Printer
Deletion from Google Chrome
1. Start the Google Chrome browser on your computer, smartphone, or tablet device.
Then from
account
2. From
(Chrome menu), select Sign in to Chrome..., and log in to your Google
(Chrome menu), select Settings
3. Click Show advanced settings... to display the information. Then for Google Cloud
Print, select Manage
4. Select Delete for the printer to be deleted
5. When the confirmation message for deleting the printer appears, select OK
Deletion from the Printer
1. Make sure that the printer is turned on
2. From the operation panel, select the Setup button
84
3. Select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> GoogleCloudPrint -> Delete from
service
4. When the confirmation screen to delete the printer is displayed, select Yes
85
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print
When you send print data with Google Cloud Print, the printer receives the print data and prints it
automatically if the printer is turned on.
When printing from a smartphone, tablet, computer, or other external device by using Google Cloud Print,
load paper into the printer in advance.
Sending the Print Data with Google Cloud Print
1. Make sure that the printer is turned on
Note
• If you want to send the print data from an outside location, turn on the printer in advance.
2. Send print data from your smartphone, tablet, or computer
The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google
Cloud Print. The screen differs depending on the applications or services supporting Google Cloud
Print.
When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the printer is turned
on, the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically.
Note
• Depending on the communication status, it may take a while to print the print data or the printer may
not receive the print data.
• While printing with Google Cloud Print, the printing may be canceled depending on the printer's
status, such as when the printer is being operated or an error has occurred. To resume printing,
check the printer's status, then print with Google Cloud Print again.
• For print settings:
• If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4/
Letter/B5/A5-size, the print data is printed in single-sided even when you select the duplex print
setting. (* The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer. For information about
the supported paper sizes, go to the Online Manual home page, and refer to the "Cannot Print
Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing" for your model.)
86
• If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5/A5/Legal-size as paper size, the print
data is printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting.
• The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data.
• Depending on the device sending the print data, you may not select the print settings when
sending the print data with Google Cloud Print.
When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately
When the printer cannot receive the print data, or you want to start printing immediately, you can check
whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually.
Follow the steps below.
1. Make sure that the printer is turned on
2. From the operation panel, select the Setup button
3. Select Web service inquiry
Note
• If you have not registered the printer with Google Cloud Print, Web service inquiry is not
displayed.
Register the printer with Google Cloud Print.
4. Select GoogleCloudPrint
5. Press the OK button
Connect to the server. If print data is available, print that data.
87
Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device
This document explains how to use AirPrint to print wirelessly from your iPad, iPhone and iPod touch to a
Canon printer.
AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from your Apple device directly to
your printer without installing a driver.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment
To use AirPrint, you will need one of the following Apple devices running the latest version of iOS:
◦ iPad (all models)
◦ iPhone (3GS or later)
◦ iPod touch (3rd generation or later)
• Network Environment
The Apple device (iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch) and this printer must be connected to the same Wi-Fi
network or connected in AP mode.
Note
• If your iPad, iPhone or iPod touch is running the latest version of iOS, you do not need to download
and install any drivers or additional software.
Printing with AirPrint
1. Check that this printer is turned on and the Apple device and this printer is connected to
the LAN or connected in AP mode.
2. From the app of your Apple device, tap the operation icon to display the menu options.
88
3. From the menu options, tap Print.
4. From Printer Options, select the model that you are using.
Important
• Because some app does not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If an app
does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that app.
Note
• The Printer Options differ depending on the app and model you are using.
89
5. When printing a file type that has multiple pages, such as a PDF file, click Range and
then click All Pages or select the range of pages to be printed.
6. For 1 Copy, click + or - to set the number of required copies.
7. For Duplex Printing, click On to enable duplex printing or click Off to disable the
function.
8. Tap the Print.
When you execute printing, the printer prints according to the specified settings.
Paper Size
With AirPrint, the paper size is selected automatically according to the app being used on the Apple
device and the region in which AirPrint is used.
When Apple's photo app is used, the default paper size is L size in Japan, and 4"x6" or KG in other
countries and regions.
When documents are printed from Apple's Safari app, the default paper size is letter size in the U.S.
region, and A4 in Japan and Europe.
Important
• Your app may support different paper sizes.
Checking the Print Status
During printing, a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used apps, and you can use it to
check the print progress.
Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode. Then swipe to the right
to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary.
90
Deleting a Print Job
To delete a print job with AirPrint, use one of the following two methods:
• From the printer: Use the operation panel to cancel the print job.
• From an Apple device: Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking
mode, and then swipe to the right. Tap the Print Center icon to display a Print Summary. Tap the
print job to be canceled, and then tap Cancel Printing.
AirPrint Troubleshooting
If the document does not print, check the following:
1. Check that the printer power is on. If the printer power is on, turn it off and then back on
again, and check whether the issue is resolved.
2. Check that the printer is connected by LAN to the same network subnet as the device on
which iOS is installed.
3. Check that the printer has enough paper and ink.
4. Check that no error message is displayed on the printer's LCD monitor.
If the problem persists, use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether
the document can be printed normally on the printer.
If the document cannot be printed, refer to the Online Manual for your model.
91
Note
• After you turn on the printer, it may take few minutes before the printer can communicate through a
wireless LAN connection. Confirm that the printer is connected to the wireless LAN, and then try
printing.
• If Bonjour on the printer is disabled, AirPrint cannot be used. Check the LAN settings on the printer,
and enable Bonjour.
Note
• The windows used in the explanations may differ from those displayed by your Apple device or app.
92
Checking Printer Information
You can use your smartphone, tablet, or computer to check the Printer status and execute utility functions
from apps such as Canon Inkjet Print Utility and PIXMA Printing Solutions.
You can also use the convenient web services presented by Canon.
1. Selecting Printer Information in an Apps Screen
Note
• You can also enter IPv4 address directly in the web browser to display printer information.
1. Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper
Setup button, and then select Device
2. On the printer operation panel, select the
settings -> LAN settings -> Print LAN details
IPv4 address printing starts.
Check the IPv4 address that was printed.
3. Check that the printer is connected to the same Wi-Fi network. Then from your smartphone,
tablet device, or computer, open the Web browser, and enter the following URL:
http:// <Printer IPv4 address>
For <Printer IPv4 address>, enter the IPv4 address that you checked in the previous
procedure. Entries enclosed in brackets are not required.
2. Entering Username and Administrator's Password
From the authentication screen, enter the Username and Password.
Username: ADMIN
Password: See "About the Administrator Password."
Note
• The Username display may differ depending on your browser.
3. Displaying Printer Information
The top screen for printer information is displayed.
93
Printer status
This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount, the status, and detailed
error information.
You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page, and use Web Services.
Utilities
This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning.
AirPrint settings
This function allows you to specify the Apple AirPrint settings, such as position information.
Google Cloud Print setup
This function allows you to register this printer to Google Cloud Print or delete the printer.
IJ Cloud Printing Center setup
Allows you to register to IJ Cloud Printing Center or to delete a registration.
Security
Allows you to set the Administrator's password and Operation restrictions for the machine.
Important
• For the initial Password, see "About the Administrator Password."
For Security reasons, we recommend that you change the Password to an individual
password.
• There are character restrictions for the password, as shown below.
• Up to 32 single-byte alphanumeric characters. (Uppercase and lowercase letters are
differentiated.)
Firmware update
This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information.
Manual (Online)
This function displays the Online Manual.
94
Online Storage Integration Function
The printer can integrate with online storage services such as Evernote.
Integration with Online Notetaking Service
"Evernote"
If an Evernote client application is installed on your computer, you can import scanned images into the
application and upload them to the Evernote server.
The uploaded images can be browsed from other computers, smartphones, etc.
To use Evernote, you need to create an account. See the "CREATE ACCOUNT" page of Evernote for
account creation.
• Settings
In the Settings Dialog of IJ Scan Utility, select the item you want to set, then select Evernote for Send to
an application in Application Settings.
Refer to "Settings Dialog" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Important
• The Evernote service features are subject to change or termination without prior notice.
95
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing
Solutions
Use PIXMA Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly.
You can also receive scanned data (PDF or JPEG) directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a
computer.
PIXMA Printing Solutions can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play.
96
Printing with Windows RT
When you use Windows RT 8.1 or a later version, printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to
the network.
For information about connecting to the network, see the setup URL (http://www.canon.com/ijsetup) for
using this product from your computer, smartphone, or tablet device.
When the connection is complete, the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software, which allows you to specify
detailed print settings, is downloaded automatically.
By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility, you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings. (The
available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method.)
97
Overview of the Machine
Safety Guide
Safety Precautions
Regulatory and Safety Information
Main Components and Basic Operations
Main Components
About the Power Supply of the Machine
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Loading Paper / Originals
Loading Paper
Loading Originals
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Checking the Ink Status
Maintenance
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
Performing Maintenance from a Computer
Cleaning the Machine
Changing the Machine Settings
Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer
Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD
Information about Network Connection
Useful Information about Network Connection
About Network Communication
Changing and Confirming Network Settings
Appendix for Network Communication
Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality
Useful Information about Ink
Key Points to Successful Printing
Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing
Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper
Canceling a Print Job
Storing Printed Images
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine
Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images
Specifications
98
Safety Guide
Safety Precautions
Regulatory and Safety Information
99
Safety Precautions
Choosing a location
• Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or
close to a heating source.
To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the machine under the operating environment specified
in the On-screen Manual.
• Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the machine with its back attached to the wall.
Power supply
• Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the
power cord if necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
Pulling the cord may damage the power cord, leading to possible fire or electrical shock.
• Do not use an extension lead/cord.
Working around the machine
• Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing.
• When moving the machine, carry the machine at both ends. In case the machine weighs more than
14 kg, it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine. Accidental dropping of the machine
causes injury. For the machine's weight, refer to the On-screen Manual.
• Do not place any object on the machine. Especially do not place metal objects (paper clips, staples,
etc.) or containers of flammable solvents (alcohol, thinners, etc.) on top of the machine.
• Do not transport or use the machine on a slant, vertically or upside-down, as the ink may leak and
damage the machine.
Working around the machine (For the multifunction printer)
• When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass, do not press hard on the Document Cover. The
Platen Glass may break and cause injury.
Print Heads/ink tanks and FINE Cartridges
• Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children. In case ink* is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out
mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical
advice immediately.
* Clear Ink contains nitrate salts (For models containing Clear Ink).
• In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with
skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice
immediately.
• Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing.
The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns.
• Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire.
• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head, ink tanks, and FINE Cartridges.
100
Regulatory and Safety Information
For models containing lithium battery
• Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations.
• Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
When using your telephone equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the
risk of fire, electric shock and injury to persons, including the following:
1. Do not use this product near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry
tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool.
2. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from
lightning.
3. Do not use this product to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.
"CAUTION - To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord."
IMPORTANTES MESURES DE SÉCURITÉ
CONSERVER CES INSTRUCTIONS
Certaines mesures de sécurité doivent être prises pendant l'utilisation de matérial téléphonique afin de
réduire les risques d'incendie, de choc électrique et de blessures.
En voice quelquesunes :
1. Ne pas utiliser l'appareil près de l'eau, p.ex., près d'une baignoire, d'un lavabo, d'un évier de cuisine,
d'un bac à laver, dans un sous-sol humide ou près d'une piscine.
2. Éviter d'utiliser l'appareil pendant un orage électrique. Ceci peut présenter un risque de choc
électrique causé par la foudre.
3. Ne pas utiliser l'appareil pour signaler une fuite de gaz s'il est situé près de la fuite.
"ATTENTION - Pour réduire les risques d'incendie, utiliser uniquement des conducteurs de
télécommunications 26 AWG au de section supérleure."
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10415 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30357)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
101
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
FCC ID:AZDK30357
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This
equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator
and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or
operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
Pre-Installation Requirements
Order Information
When ordering service from the telephone company for this equipment, the following may be required.
Universal Service Order Code (USOC): RJ11C
The Facility Interface Code (FIC): 02LS2
Service Order Code (SOC): 9.0F
Connection of the Equipment
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA.
A label on this equipment contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to the telephone company.
The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line.
Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call.
In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of
devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone
company. The REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a
REN of 0.3).
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must
comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant
102
telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a
compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details.
Connection to party lines is subjected to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public
service commission or corporation commission for information.
If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure the installation
of this equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable
alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer.
In Case of Equipment Malfunction
Should any malfunction occur which cannot be corrected by the procedures described in the Online
Manual, disconnect the equipment from the telephone line cable, turn off the power and disconnect the
power cord. The telephone line cable should not be reconnected or the main power switch turned ON until
the problem is completely resolved. Users should contact their local authorized Canon Facsimile Service
Dealer for the servicing of equipment.
Information regarding Authorized Service Facility locations can be obtained by calling the Canon
Customer Center.
Rights of the Telephone Company
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may temporarily
disconnect service. The telephone company also retains the right to make changes in facilities and
services that may affect the operation of this equipment. When such changes are necessary, the
telephone company is required to give adequate prior notice to the user. However, if advance notice is not
possible, the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, the customer will be
advised of his/her right to file a compliant with the FCC if he/she believes it is necessary.
Warning
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or
other electronic device to send any message via a telephone FAX machine unless such message clearly
contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other
individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,
other entity, or individual.
In order to program this information into your FAX machine, you should complete the procedure to register
your name, unit's telephone number, time, and date. Refer to the Online Manual.
Users in Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including
interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and
meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment should be installed and
operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person's body (excluding extremities:
hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
103
Pre-Installation Requirements
Notice
This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications.
The Ringer Equivalence Number is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be
connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of
devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices does not exceed five.
Pour les usagers résidant au Canada
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts
de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :
(1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage
radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements énoncées pour un
environnement non contrôlé et respecte les règles d'exposition aux fréquences radioélectriques (RF)
CNR-102 de l'IC. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus
entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps (à l'exception des extrémités : mains, poignets, pieds et chevilles).
Conditions de pré-installation
Avis
Le présent matériel est conforme aux spécifications techniques applicables d'Industrie Canada.
L'indice d'équivalence de la sonnerie (IES) sert à indiquer le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent
être raccordés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d'une interface peut consister en une
combinaison quelconque de dispositifs, à la seule condition que la somme d'indices d'équivalence de la
sonnerie de tous les dispositifs n'excède pas 5.
Users in New Zealand
The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Spark has accepted that
the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of
the product by Spark, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that
any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different
make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Spark's network services.
This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for
which it is designed. Spark will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances.
This condition typically applies to 56 kbit/s modems and V34 facsimile machines.
Please note when you connect an extension phone to this device, if you use an extension phone which
has features such as "last number redial", redial memory numbers may be lost.
The automatic calling functions of this equipment must not be used to a nuisance to other Spark
customers.
Telepermitted equipment only may be connected to the telephone port. The telephone port is not
specifically designed for 3-wire connected equipment. 3-wire connected equipment might not respond to
incoming ringing when attached to this port.
Users in Jordan
This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC/LPD/2013/130
104
Name of WLAN Module : K30357
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to
the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time,
your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural
resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please
contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal
service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa
WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom centru
za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru
za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje ovom
vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled
potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja na
ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Environmental Information
Reducing your environmental impact while saving money
Power Consumption and Activation Time
The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This product is
designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs. After the last print it switches to
Ready Mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a time,
the device switches to its Power Save Mode. The devices consume less power (Watt) in these modes.
If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode,
please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of
time or not at all.
Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default.
105
Energy Star®
The Energy Star® programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of
energy efficient models, which help to minimise environmental impact.
Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star® programme for both environmental
benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star® logo accordingly.
Paper types
This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper (certified to an environmental
stewardship scheme), which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard. In addition it can
support printing on media down to a weight of 64g/m2, lighter paper means less resources used and a
lower environmental footprint for your printing needs.
RMC
Regulatory Model Code (RMC) is for identification and proof that the product complies with the
regulations. Please note that RMC is different from the marketing model number of the product.
106
Main Components and Basic Operations
Main Components
About the Power Supply of the Machine
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
107
Main Components
Front View
Rear View
Inside View
Operation Panel
108
Front View
(1) ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Load a document here. The documents loaded in the document tray are scanned automatically one
sheet at a time.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
(2) operation panel
Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it.
Operation Panel
(3) document feeder cover
Open when clearing jammed documents.
(4) document guide
Adjust this guide to match the width of document in the ADF.
(5) document tray
Open to load a document in the ADF. You can load two or more sheets of document of the same size
and thickness. Load the document with the side you want to scan facing up.
(6) document output slot
Documents scanned from the ADF are delivered here.
(7) document cover
Open to load an original on the platen glass.
(8) paper guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
(9) cassette
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same
time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
(10) front cover
Open to load paper in the cassette.
109
(11) paper output tray
Printed paper is ejected.
(12) paper output support
Pull out to support ejected paper.
(13) output tray extension
Open to support ejected paper.
(14) paper output cover
Open to replace the FINE cartridge or remove jammed paper inside the machine.
(15) POWER lamp
Lights after flashing when the power is turned on.
(16) FAX Memory lamp
Lights when there are received or unsent documents stored in the machine's memory.
(17) Alarm lamp
Lights or flashes when an error occurs.
(18) ON button
Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
Turning the Machine On and Off
(19) platen glass
Load an original here.
110
Rear View
(1) power cord connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
(2) transport unit
Open when removing jammed paper.
(3) telephone line jack
Connect the telephone line.
(4) external device jack
Connect an external device such as telephone or answering machine.
(5) USB port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is printing or scanning originals with the
computer.
111
Inside View
(1) FINE cartridge (ink cartridges)
A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank.
(2) FINE cartridge holder
Install the FINE cartridges here.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
Note
• For details on replacing a FINE cartridge, see Replacing a FINE Cartridge.
Important
• The area around the parts (A) may be splattered with ink. This does not affect the performance of the
machine.
• Do not touch the parts (A). The machine may not print properly if you touch them.
112
Operation Panel
(1) LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status.
(2) Back button
Returns the LCD to the previous screen.
(3) FAX button
Switches the machine to the fax mode.
(4) COPY button
Switches the machine to the copy mode.
(5) SCAN button
Switches the machine to the scan mode.
(6) Setup button
Displays the Setup menu screen. With this menu, you can perform machine maintenance and change
machine settings.
(7) Black button
Starts black & white copying, scanning, faxing, etc.
(8) Color button
Starts color copying, scanning, faxing, etc.
(9)
and
buttons
Used to select a menu or setting item. The
or
button is also used when entering characters.
LCD and Operation Panel
(10) OK button
Finalizes the selection of a menu or setting item. This button is also used to resolve an error or ejects
documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(11) Menu button
Displays the Copy menu, Scan menu, or FAX menu screen.
113
(12) Numeric buttons
Used to enter numerical values such as the number of copies, as well as fax/telephone numbers and
characters.
(13) Tone button
Switches to tone dialing temporarily if your machine is connected to a rotary pulse line.
(14) Stop button
Cancels operation when print, copy, scan, or fax transmission/reception job is in progress.
Note
• The machine makes the beep sound when pressing keypad buttons on the operation panel. The
keypad sound can be enabled or disabled in Sound control of Dev. user settings.
Dev. user settings
114
About the Power Supply of the Machine
Confirming that the Power Is On
Turning the Machine On and Off
Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
115
Confirming that the Power Is On
The POWER lamp is lit when the machine is turned on.
Even if the LCD is off, if the POWER lamp is lit, the machine is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine.
• The LCD will turn off if the machine is not operated for about 5 minutes. To restore the display, press
any button except the ON button or perform the print operation. The display will be also restored when
receiving faxes. You cannot change the wait time before the LCD turns off.
116
Turning the Machine On and Off
Turning on the machine
1. Press the ON button to turn on the machine.
The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine.
• If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes and an error message is displayed on the LCD, see A
Message Is Displayed.
Turning off the machine
1. Press the ON button to turn off the machine.
When the POWER lamp stops flashing, the machine is turned off.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord after turning off the machine, be sure to confirm that the
POWER lamp is off.
Note
• The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off.
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent
faxes are stored in the machine's memory.
• You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed for a
certain interval. This feature is set to on by default. However, the machine does not turn off
automatically when the machine is connected via a wireless LAN or to a telephone line.
Managing the Printer Power
117
Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord
Check the power plug/power cord once a month to confirm that it does not have anything unusual described
below.
•
•
•
•
•
The power plug/power cord is hot.
The power plug/power cord is rusty.
The power plug/power cord is bent.
The power plug/power cord is worn.
The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord
and call for service. Using the machine with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an
electric shock.
118
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the POWER lamp is off.
Unplugging the power cord while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the
print head and print quality may be reduced.
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the
machine's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power cord.
1. Press the ON button to turn the machine off.
2. Confirm that the POWER lamp is off.
3. Unplug the power cord.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
119
LCD and Operation Panel
The mode button (A) on the operation panel allows you to switch between the copy mode, scan mode, fax
mode, and setup menu screen.
Pressing the Menu button (B) in the respective modes shows the menu screen to select various functions or
settings.
Selecting a Menu or Setting Item
On the menu screen or settings screen, use the
the OK button (D) to proceed with the procedure.
or
button (C) to select an item or option, then press
To return to the previous screen, press the Back button (E).
Example: Changing the scan contrast for faxing.
Press the Menu button in the Fax standby screen.
Press the
or
button (C) to select FAX TX settings.
Press the OK button (D).
120
Select Scan contrast, press the OK button (D).
Use the
or
button (C) to change the contrast, then press the OK button (D).
121
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Use the Numeric buttons to enter or edit such information as unit name, a recipient's name for the directory,
etc.
Switching the Input Mode
Each time the Tone button is pressed, the input mode is switched in the following order: lowercase mode
(:a), uppercase mode (:A), then numeric mode (:1).
The current input mode appears at the upper right corner of the LCD.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Press the Tone button to switch the input mode.
Use the Numeric buttons to enter the desired characters.
• To insert a space
Press the
button five times.
• To delete the last entered character
Press the Back button.
Editing Entered Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Press the
or
button to move the cursor under the position you want to edit.
• To insert a space
Press the
button five times.
• To insert a character
Move the cursor under the character to the right of the insertion position, then enter the character. The
character on the cursor will move to the right and the new character will be inserted.
• To delete a character
Move the cursor under the character, then press the Back button.
List of Characters Assigned to Each Numeric Button
Button
Lowercase mode
(:a)
abcåäáàãâæç
Uppercase mode
(:A)
ABCÅÄÁÀÃÂÆÇ
122
Numeric mode
(:1)
Fax/Telephone
no.
1
1
2
2
defëéèê
DEFËÉÈÊ
3
3
gh i ï í ì î
GH I Ï Í Ì Î
4
4
jkl
JKL
5
5
mnoñøöóòõô
MNOÑØÖÓÒÕÔ
6
6
pqrsþ
PQRSÞ
7
7
tuvüúùû
TUVÜÚÙÛ
8
8
wxyzý
WXYZÝ
9
9
0
0
. @ - _ SP*1
# ! " , ; : ^ ` = / | ' ? $ % & + ( ) [ ] { } < > \*2 ~*2
Switch the input mode.
*1 "SP" indicates a space.
*2 Displayed only when entering characters in the LAN settings.
123
#
Loading Paper / Originals
Loading Paper
Loading Originals
124
Loading Paper
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
Media Types You Can Use
Media Types You Cannot Use
Printing Area
125
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
Important
• If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) to perform trial
print, it can cause paper jams.
Note
• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Media Types You Can Use.
• You can use general copy paper.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine, see Media Types You Can Use.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see "Load the paper after correcting its curl." in Paper Is
Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched.
• When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a
time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2. Open the front cover (A) gently.
The paper output tray (B) opens.
126
3. Grab the right and left sides of the front cover and pull out the cassette until it stops.
4. Use the right paper guide (C) to slide both paper guides all the way out.
5. Load the paper in the center of the cassette WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.
Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the cassette.
* The above figure shows the machine with the paper output tray raised.
Important
• Always load paper in the portrait orientation (D). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (E)
can cause paper jams.
127
6. Slide the right paper guide (C) to align the paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
* The above figure shows the machine with the paper output tray raised.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (F).
• Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (G) of the paper guides.
* The above figure shows the machine with the paper output tray raised.
• Load small size paper, such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm), by pushing it in all the way to the back of the
cassette.
128
* The above figure shows the machine with the paper output tray raised.
7. Grab the right and left sides of the front cover and push the cassette back until the arrow
(
) on the front cover is aligned with the edge of the machine.
After pushing the cassette back properly, the machine makes an electronic sound and the paper
information registration screen is displayed on the LCD.
Note
• When you set the alarm to be silent in Sound control of Dev. user settings, the alarm will not
beep even if the cassette is pushed back.
Dev. user settings
8. Press the OK button.
129
9. Use the
or
button to select the size of the loaded paper in the cassette, then press the
OK button.
Note
• The asterisk " " will appear with the current page size and media type settings.
Paper setting for Printing
10. Use the
or
button to select the type of the loaded paper in the cassette, then press the
OK button.
11. Pull the paper output support (H) out from the paper output tray.
12. Open the output tray extension (I).
Note
• When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation
panel or printer driver.
130
Loading Envelopes
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel is not supported.
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the machine or cause the machine to
malfunction.
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
• Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
• The envelopes may jam in the machine if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.1 inch (3 mm).
2. Open the front cover (A) gently.
The paper output tray (B) opens.
131
3. Grab the right and left sides of the front cover and pull out the cassette until it stops.
4. Use the right paper guide (C) to slide both paper guides all the way out.
5. Load the envelopes in the center of the cassette WITH THE ADDRESS SIDE FACING
DOWN.
The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side.
D: Rear side
E: Address side
Push the envelopes all the way to the back of the cassette.
Up to 5 envelopes can be loaded at once.
132
* The above figure shows the machine with the paper output tray raised.
6. Slide the right paper guide (C) to align the paper guides with both sides of the envelopes.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
* The above figure shows the machine with the paper output tray raised.
Note
• Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (F).
• Keep the envelope stack height below the tabs (G) of the paper guides.
* The above figure shows the machine with the paper output tray raised.
7. Grab the right and left sides of the front cover and push the cassette back until the arrow
(
) on the front cover is aligned with the edge of the machine.
133
After pushing the cassette back properly, the machine makes an electronic sound and the paper
information registration screen is displayed on the LCD.
Note
• When you set the alarm to be silent in Sound control of Dev. user settings, the alarm will not
beep even if the cassette is pushed back.
Dev. user settings
8. Press the OK button.
9. Use the
or
button to select the size of the loaded envelopes in the cassette, then
press the OK button.
Note
• The asterisk " " will appear with the current page size and media type settings.
Paper setting for Printing
134
10. Use the
or
button to select the type of the loaded envelopes in the cassette, then
press the OK button.
11. Pull the paper output support (H) out from the paper output tray.
12. Open the output tray extension (I).
Note
• When printing, select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the
printer driver.
135
Media Types You Can Use
To get the best printing result, choose paper suitable for printing. Canon provides various types of paper
suitable for documents as well as paper suitable for photos or illustrations. We recommend the use of
Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos.
Media Types
Commercially available papers
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
• Envelopes*1
Canon genuine papers
The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets. Refer to the instruction manual
supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper. For
information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper, access our website.
Note
• You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region
of purchase. Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number. Purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing photos:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper for printing business documents:
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
*1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel is not supported.
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel is not supported.
Standard sizes:
•
•
•
•
Letter
Legal
A5
A4
136
•
•
•
•
•
•
B5
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm)
8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm)
Envelope DL
Envelope Com 10
Non-standard sizes:
You can print on non-standard size paper within the following ranges.
• Minimum size: 4.00 x 6.00 inches (101.6 x 152.4 mm)
• Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 inches (215.9 x 676.0 mm)
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m2) (plain paper except for Canon genuine paper)
Do not use heavier or lighter paper (except for Canon genuine paper), as it could jam in the machine.
Notes on Storing Paper
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a
level surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
137
Paper Load Limit
Commercially Available Papers
Media Name
Cassette
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1
Envelopes
Paper Output Tray
Approx. 100 sheets
Approx. 50 sheets
(10 sheets: Legal)
(10 sheets: Legal)
5 envelopes
*2
Canon Genuine Papers
Note
• We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before
continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration (except for High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>).
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.>
Cassette
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*3
10 sheets: A4, Letter, and 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm)
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>*3
10 sheets: A4 and Letter
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>*3
10 sheets: A4 and Letter
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>*3
10 sheets: A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), and 8" x 10"
(20 x 25 cm)
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*3
10 sheets: A4 and Letter
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*3
10 sheets: A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), and 8" x 10"
(20 x 25 cm)
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
10 sheets: A4 and Letter
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Paper for printing business documents:
Media Name <Model No.>
Cassette
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
80 sheets
Paper Output Tray
50 sheets
*1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper
or environmental conditions (either very high or low temperature or humidity). In such cases, reduce the
number of paper you load at a time to less than half.
*2 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output tray before
continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration.
138
*3 When loading paper in stacks, the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed
properly. In this case, load one sheet at a time.
139
Media Types You Cannot Use
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the machine to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
• Damp paper
• Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m2))
• Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m2), except for Canon genuine
paper)
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards
• Postcards affixed with photos or stickers
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
• Any type of paper with holes
• Paper that is not rectangular
• Paper bound with staples or glue
• Paper with adhesives
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
140
Printing Area
Printing Area
Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes
Letter, Legal
Envelopes
141
Printing Area
To ensure the best print quality, the machine allows a margin along each edge of media. The actual
printable area will be the area inside these margins.
Recommended printing area
: Canon recommends that you print within this area.
Printable area
: The area where it is possible to print. However, printing in this area can affect the print
quality or the paper feed precision.
Note
• When performing borderless copying, you can specify the amount of images that extends off the paper
by Extended copy amt. in Output settings.
Output settings
• By selecting Borderless Printing option, you can make prints with no margins.
• When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page.
• For Borderless Printing, use the following paper:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality
and/or result in printouts with altered color hues.
Borderless Printing on plain paper may result in printouts with reduced quality. Use them only for test
printing. Borderless Printing onto plain paper from the operation panel is not supported.
• Borderless Printing is not available for legal, A5, or B5 sized paper, or envelopes.
• Depending on the type of paper, Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom
edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged.
142
Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes
Size
Printable Area (width x height)
A5
5.56 x 7.95 inches (141.2 x 202.0 mm)
A4
8.00 x 11.38 inches (203.2 x 289.0 mm)
B5
6.90 x 9.80 inches (175.2 x 249.0 mm)
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
3.73 x 5.69 inches (94.8 x 144.4 mm)
5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm)
4.73 x 6.69 inches (120.2 x 169.8 mm)
8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm)
7.73 x 9.69 inches (196.4 x 246.0 mm)
Recommended printing area
A: 1.28 inches (32.5 mm)
B: 1.32 inches (33.5 mm)
Printable area
C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm)
D: 0.20 inch (5.0 mm)
E: 0.13 inch (3.4 mm)
F: 0.13 inch (3.4 mm)
143
Letter, Legal
Size
Printable Area (width x height)
Letter
8.00 x 10.69 inches (203.2 x 271.4 mm)
Legal
8.00 x 13.69 inches (203.2 x 347.6 mm)
Recommended printing area
A: 1.28 inches (32.5 mm)
B: 1.32 inches (33.5 mm)
Printable area
C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm)
D: 0.20 inch (5.0 mm)
E: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm)
F: 0.25 inch (6.3 mm)
144
Envelopes
Size
Recommended Printing Area (width x height)
Envelope DL
3.88 x 7.20 inches (98.8 x 183.0 mm)
Envelope Com 10
3.68 x 8.04 inches (93.5 x 204.3 mm)
Recommended printing area
A: 0.31 inch (8.0 mm)
B: 1.14 inches (29.0 mm)
C: 0.22 inch (5.6 mm)
D: 0.22 inch (5.6 mm)
145
Loading Originals
Position to Load Originals
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
How to Load Originals for Each Function
Originals You Can Load
146
Position to Load Originals
The machine has two positions to load originals: platen glass and ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Select the position to load the original according to the size, type, or usage.
Originals You Can Load
Loading Documents, Photos, or Book on the platen glass
Loading Two or More Sheets of Document of the Same Size and Thickness
in the ADF
You can also load a sheet of document in the ADF.
Note
• To scan the original at optimum quality, load it on the platen glass.
147
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass
1. Open the document cover.
2. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass.
Originals You Can Load
How to Load Originals for Each Function
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass.
• Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
• Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
3. Close the document cover gently.
Important
• After loading the original on the platen glass, be sure to close the document cover before starting to
copy, fax, or scan.
148
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Note
• To scan a document at optimum quality, load it on the platen glass.
1. Make sure that any original has been removed from the platen glass.
2. Open the document tray.
3. Insert the document in the document tray until you hear a beep sound.
Load the document WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING UP in the document tray.
Originals You Can Load
Note
• When you set the alarm to be silent in Sound control of Dev. user settings, the alarm will not
beep even if the document is inserted in the document tray.
Dev. user settings
4. Adjust the document guide (A) at the front of the machine to match the width of the
document.
Do not slide the document guide too hard against the document. The document may not be fed properly.
149
How to Load Originals for Each Function
Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use. If you do not load the original
correctly, it may not be scanned properly.
Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark
• Load originals to copy or fax
• In the scan mode,
◦ select Auto scan for Document type to scan text documents, magazines, or newspapers
◦ select Document or Photo for Document type and specify a standard size (A4, Letter, etc.) for
Scan size to scan originals
• With a software application on a computer,
◦ scan text documents, magazines, or newspapers
◦ select a standard size (A4, Letter, etc.) to scan originals
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass and align it with the
alignment mark
. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
• The machine cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 inch (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).
Loading Only One Original in the Center of the platen glass
• In the scan mode,
◦ select Auto scan for Document type to scan one printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc
150
◦ select Photo for Document type and specify Auto scan(A) -Singl for Scan size to scan one
original
• Scan one printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc with a software application on a computer
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass. Portions placed on the diagonally striped
area cannot be scanned.
Loading Two or More Originals on the platen glass
• In the scan mode,
◦ select Auto scan for Document type to scan two or more printed photos, postcards, or business
cards
◦ select Photo for Document type and specify Auto scan(A) -Multi for Scan size to scan two or
more originals
• Scan two or more printed photos, postcards, or business cards with a software application on a
computer
Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass and the originals, and between the
originals. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
You can place up to 12 items.
A: More than 0.4 inch (1 cm)
Note
• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to
approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 inches (180 mm) or more cannot
be corrected.
• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.
151
Originals You Can Load
platen glass
Item
Details
Types of originals
- Text document, magazine, or newspaper
- Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
- Documents that are not suitable for the ADF
Size (width x height)
Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm)
Quantity
1 sheet or multiple sheets*
Thickness
Max. 0.20 inch (5 mm)
* Two or more originals can be loaded on the platen glass depending on the selected function.
How to Load Originals for Each Function
ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Item
Details
Types of originals
Multipage plain-paper documents of the same size, thickness, and weight
Size
A4/Letter/Legal
Only A4 or Letter-sized documents for 2-on-1 copy and 4-on-1 copy
Quantity
- A4 or Letter size: Max. 20 sheets (20 lb (75 g /m2) paper), up to 0.08
inch (2 mm) in height
- Legal size: Max. 5 sheets (20 lb (75 g /m2) paper), up to 0.02 inch (0.5
mm) in height
Thickness
0.003 to 0.005 inch (0.07 to 0.13 mm)
Weight
16.0 to 25.3 lb (60 to 95 g /m2)
Note
• Make sure any glue, ink, correction fluid, or the like on the document is completely dry before loading
it on the platen glass or in the ADF.
However, do not load glued documents in the ADF even if the glue is dry, as this may cause paper
jams.
• Remove all staples, paper clips, and the like before feeding the document.
• Load Legal-sized documents in the ADF.
• Do not load the following types of documents in the ADF. They will jam.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Wrinkled or creased paper
Curled paper
Torn paper
Paper with holes
Glued paper
Paper with sticky notes
Carbon paper or carbon-backed paper
Surface treated paper
Onion skin or thin paper
152
• Photo or thick paper
153
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Checking the Ink Status
154
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the error.
Take appropriate action according to the message.
A Message Is Displayed
Note
• For precautionary notes on handling FINE cartridges, see Notes on FINE cartridges.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace a FINE cartridge, follow the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Open the front cover (A).
The paper output tray (B) opens.
Note
• Remove any paper in the cassette.
3. Open the paper output cover.
The FINE cartridge holder (C) moves to the replacement position.
155
Caution
• Do not hold the FINE cartridge holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the FINE
cartridge holder until it stops completely.
Important
• The inside of the machine may be stained with ink. Be careful not to stain your hands or
clothing when replacing the FINE cartridge. You can easily wipe off the ink from the inside of
the machine with tissue paper or the like.
• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine.
• If the paper output cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the FINE cartridge holder may
move and the Alarm lamp light. In this case, close the paper output cover, then open it again.
4. Push down the empty FINE cartridge until it clicks.
You hear an electronic sound twice.
Note
• When you set the alarm to be silent in Sound control of Dev. user settings, the alarm will not
beep even if the FINE cartridge is detached.
Dev. user settings
5. Remove the FINE cartridge.
Important
• Handle the FINE cartridge carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.
156
• Discard the empty FINE cartridge according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal
of consumables.
6. Take a new FINE cartridge out of its package and remove the protective tape (D) gently.
Important
• If you shake a FINE cartridge, ink may spill out and stain your hands and the surrounding area.
Handle a FINE cartridge carefully.
• Be careful not to stain your hands and the surrounding area with ink on the removed protective
tape.
• Do not reattach the protective tape once you have removed it. Discard it according to the local
laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
• Do not touch the electrical contacts or print head nozzle on a FINE cartridge. The machine may
not print properly if you touch them.
7. Insert the new FINE cartridge at a slant into the FINE cartridge holder.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
157
Important
• Insert the FINE cartridge gently so that it does not hit the electrical contacts on the FINE
cartridge holder.
8. Push the FINE cartridge in and up firmly until it snaps into place.
You hear an electronic sound once.
158
Important
• Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.
• The machine cannot print unless both the color FINE cartridge and black FINE cartridge are
installed. Be sure to install both cartridges.
Note
• When you set the alarm to be silent in Sound control of Dev. user settings, the alarm will not
beep even if the FINE cartridge is attached.
Dev. user settings
9. Close the paper output cover.
Note
• If the error message appears after the paper output cover is closed, take appropriate action.
A Message Is Displayed
159
• When you start printing after replacing the FINE cartridge, the machine starts cleaning the print
head automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the
cleaning of the print head.
• If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar
symptoms, align the print head.
• The machine may make noise during operation.
Notes on FINE cartridges
Important
• Do not touch the electrical contacts (A) or print head nozzle (B) on a FINE cartridge. The machine
may not print properly if you touch them.
• If you remove a FINE cartridge, replace it immediately. Do not leave the machine with the FINE
cartridge removed.
• Use a new FINE cartridge for replacement. Installing a used FINE cartridge may cause the nozzles to
clog.
Furthermore, with such a FINE cartridge, the machine will not be able to inform you when to replace
the FINE cartridge properly.
• Once a FINE cartridge has been installed, do not remove it from the machine and leave it out in the
open. This will cause the FINE cartridge to dry out, and the machine may not operate properly when it
is reinstalled. To maintain optimal printing quality, use a FINE cartridge within six months of first use.
Note
• If a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, you can print with either color or black FINE cartridge, in whichever
ink remains, only for a while. However the print quality may be reduced compared to when printing
with both cartridges. We recommend to use a new FINE cartridge in order to obtain optimum
qualities.
Even when printing with one ink only, print with leaving the empty FINE cartridge installed. If either of
the color FINE cartridge or black FINE cartridge is not installed, an error occurs and the machine
cannot print.
For information on how to configure this setting, see Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used.
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-andwhite printing is specified.
Both color ink and black ink are also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the
print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the machine. When ink runs out,
replace the FINE cartridge immediately with a new one.
Useful Information about Ink
160
Checking the Ink Status
Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine
You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
161
Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine
Note
• The ink level detector is mounted on the machine to detect the remaining ink level. The machine
considers as ink is full when a new FINE cartridge is installed, and then starts to detect a remaining ink
level. If you install a used FINE cartridge, the indicated ink level of it may not be correct. In such case,
refer to the ink level information only as a guide.
• When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the
error. Take appropriate action according to the message.
A Message Is Displayed
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, then press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen will appear.
2. Use the
or
button to select Ink information, then press the OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use the
or
button to select Remaining ink, then press the OK button.
Remaining ink is shown in the area (A).
Example:
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink cartridge.
Note
• To print the model number of the FINE cartridge, select Ink information from Setup menu, then
select Print ink number.
• You can also check the ink status on the LCD when you press the COPY or FAX button. The
current remaining ink level will be displayed on the LCD for a few seconds.
• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
162
Maintenance
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
Performing Maintenance from a Computer
Cleaning the Machine
163
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
Maintenance Procedure
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply
Aligning the Print Head
164
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge. This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge.
Note
• Check if ink remains in the FINE cartridge.
Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine
Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.
Replacing Procedure
Also check if the protective tape on the bottom of the FINE cartridge is removed.
• If an error message appears on the LCD, see A Message Is Displayed.
• Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the machine
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:
Step3
Clean the print head.
From the machine
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
165
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern:
Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the machine
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply
From the computer
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours. Do not
unplug the power cord when turning off the power.
If the problem is still not resolved:
Step5
Replace a FINE cartridge.
Replace a FINE cartridge
Note
• If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact the service center.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
From the machine
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer
166
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE
cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD.
Select A4 or Letter for Size: and Plain paper for Type:, then press the OK button.
3. Pull the paper output support out from the paper output tray, then open the output tray
extension.
4. Press the Setup button, use the
or
button to select Maintenance, then press the OK
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
5. Use the
or
button to select Nozzle check, then press the OK button.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
6. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
167
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal white streaks in the pattern B.
C: Number of sheets printed so far
If there are missing lines in the pattern A:
Cleaning the print head is required.
D: Good
E: Bad (lines are missing)
If there are horizontal white streaks in the pattern B:
Cleaning the print head is required.
F: Good
G: Bad (horizontal white streaks are present)
Note
• The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the
nozzle check pattern.
168
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button, use the
or
button to select Maintenance, then press the OK
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use the
or
button to select Cleaning, then press the OK button.
The machine starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 30 seconds.
4. Check the print head condition.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
169
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button, use the
or
button to select Maintenance, then press the OK
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use the
or
button to select Deep cleaning, then press the OK button.
The machine starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the deep cleaning of the print head.
This takes about 1 minute.
4. Check the print head condition.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours. Do
not unplug the power cord when turning off the power.
If the problem is still not resolved, replace the FINE cartridge with a new one. If the problem is still not
resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact the service center.
170
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.
Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (including recycled paper)*
* Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD.
Select A4 or Letter for Size: and Plain paper for Type:, then press the OK button.
3. Pull the paper output support out from the paper output tray, then open the output tray
extension.
4. Press the Setup button, use the
or
button to select Maintenance, then press the OK
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
5. Use the
or
button to select Head alignment, then press the OK button.
The print head alignment sheet will be printed.
171
Important
• Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet. If the sheet is stained or wrinkled,
it may not be scanned properly.
• If the print head alignment sheet was not printed correctly, press the Stop button, then redo this
procedure from the beginning.
6. Confirm the message, then load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.
Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark
on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark
.
Note
• The print head alignment sheet cannot be scanned if it is loaded in the ADF (Auto Document
Feeder).
172
7. Close the document cover gently, then press the Black or Color button.
The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be adjusted
automatically.
When adjusting the print head position is complete, remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen
glass.
Important
• Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass until
adjusting the print head position is complete.
• If the error message appears on the LCD, press the OK button to release the error, then take
appropriate action.
A Message Is Displayed
Note
• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,
adjust the print head position manually from the computer.
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print align value from the
Maintenance menu.
173
Performing Maintenance from a Computer
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
Aligning the Print Head
Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your Computer
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
174
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform print head
cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is enough ink.
The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows:
Cleaning
1. Select Cleaning from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
2. Click the Cleaning icon
When the dialog opens, select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed.
Click
to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning.
3. Execute cleaning
Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK.
Print head cleaning starts.
4. Complete cleaning
The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform
cleaning only when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning. Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1. Select Cleaning from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
2. Click the Deep Cleaning icon
When the dialog opens, select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed.
Click
to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning.
175
3. Execute deep cleaning
Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Print head deep cleaning starts.
4. Complete deep cleaning
The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform
cleaning only when necessary.
Note
• If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then
perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, see "Ink Is Not Ejected."
Related Topic
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
176
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a
nozzle check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print.
The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows:
Nozzle Check
1. Select Test Print from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
2. Click the Nozzle Check icon
The confirmation message appears.
Click
to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern.
3. Load paper in the printer
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette.
Note
• If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper,
an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper setting for
Printing."
For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the
following:
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
4. Print a nozzle check pattern
Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern.
Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins.
5. Check the print result
When the dialog opens, check the print result. If the print result is normal, click Quit.
If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to clean the print
head.
Related Topic
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
177
Aligning the Print Head
When you perform head position adjustment, errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and
conditions such as color and line streaking are improved.
If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions, adjust the position of the print
head.
On this printer, you can adjust the print head either automatically or manually.
178
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and
lines.
This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment.
The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows:
Print Head Alignment
1. Select Custom Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
2. Switch head alignment to manual
Check the Align heads manually check box.
3. Apply the settings
Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
4. Select Test Print from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
5. Click the Print Head Alignment icon
A message is displayed.
6. Load paper in the printer
Load three sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette.
Note
• If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper,
an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper setting for
Printing."
For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the
following:
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
7. Execute head alignment
Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head.
The first pattern is printed.
Important
• Do not open the paper output cover while printing is in progress.
8. Check the printed pattern
179
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes, and click
OK.
Note
• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical
streaks.
(A) Least noticeable vertical streaks
(B) Most noticeable vertical streaks
9. Confirm the displayed message and click OK
The second pattern is printed.
Important
• Do not open the paper output cover while printing is in progress.
10. Check the printed pattern
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes, and click
OK.
180
Note
• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical
streaks.
(A) Least noticeable vertical streaks
(B) Most noticeable vertical streaks
11. Confirm the displayed message and click OK
The third pattern is printed.
Important
• Do not open the paper output cover while printing is in progress.
12. Check the printed pattern
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable stripes in the associated boxes, and click
OK.
181
Note
• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable
horizontal stripes.
(A) Least noticeable horizontal stripes
(B) Most noticeable horizontal stripes
Note
• After head alignment is completed, you can print and check the current setting. To do so, click the
Print Head Alignment icon and when the message is displayed, click Print Alignment Value.
182
Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically from Your
Computer
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and
lines.
This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment.
Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment. If the printing results of automatic print head
alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.
The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows:
Print Head Alignment
1. Select Test Print from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
2. Click the Print Head Alignment icon
A message is displayed.
3. Load paper in the printer
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette.
Note
• The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment.
• If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper,
an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper setting for
Printing."
For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the
following:
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
4. Print head alignment pattern printing
Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head.
The adjustment pattern is printed.
Important
• Do not open the paper output cover while printing is in progress.
5. Adjustment pattern scanning
After the adjustment pattern is printed, a message is displayed.
Load the adjustment pattern onto the platen, and press the Start button on the printer.
Print head alignment starts.
183
Note
• After head alignment is completed, you can print and check the current setting. To do so, click the
Print Head Alignment icon and when the message is displayed, click Print Alignment Value.
184
Cleaning the Machine
Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
185
Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine
Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently.
Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning.
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine.
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent
faxes are stored in the machine's memory. Make sure if the machine completed sending or
receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord.
• The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off.
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the
machine's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power
cord.
• Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not
to scratch the surface. Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause
problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results.
• Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other chemical cleaner to clean
the machine, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine.
186
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine.
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent
faxes are stored in the machine's memory. Make sure if the machine completed sending or
receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord.
• The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off.
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the
machine's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power
cord.
• Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not
to scratch the surface. Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause
problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results.
• Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other chemical cleaner to clean
the machine, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine.
Use a soft, clean, lint-free and dry cloth. Wipe the platen glass (A) and the inner side of the document cover
(white sheet) (B) gently. Make sure not to leave any residue, especially on the glass surface.
Important
• The inner side of the document cover (white sheet) (B) is easily damaged, so wipe it gently.
187
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Be sure to use a soft, clean, lint-free and dry cloth to clean the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine.
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent
faxes are stored in the machine's memory. Make sure if the machine completed sending or
receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord.
• The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off.
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the
machine's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power
cord.
• Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not
to scratch the surface. Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause
problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results.
• Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other chemical cleaner to clean
the machine, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine.
1. Open the document cover.
2. Open the document feeder cover.
188
3. With the clean cloth, wipe off any paper dust from the inside of the document feeder cover
(A).
4. Wipe the glass of the ADF (B) and the inner side of the document feeder cover (white area)
(C) gently.
Make sure not to leave any residue, especially on the glass surface.
Important
• If any foreign substances such as glue, ink or correction fluid are adhered to the glass of the ADF
(B) as shown in the figure above, some black streaks will appear on the scanned image. In this
case, wipe the dirt off gently.
5. After wiping, close the document feeder cover by pushing it until it clicks into place.
6. Close the document cover gently.
189
Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.
In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only
when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the
market
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Remove any paper from the cassette, then push it back.
Note
• If a message is displayed on the screen after pushing the cassette back, press the OK button.
3. Press the Setup button, use the
or
button to select Maintenance, then press the OK
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the
or
button to select Roller cleaning, then press the OK button.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned.
5. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then load a sheet of A4 or Lettersized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the market in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD.
Select A4 or Letter for Size: and Plain paper for Type:, then press the OK button.
6. Pull the paper output support out from the paper output tray, then open the output tray
extension.
7. Make sure that Roller cleaning is selected, then press the OK button.
The machine starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact the service center.
190
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the machine. If the inside of the machine becomes dirty, printed paper may
get dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, then remove any paper from the cassette.
2. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the
paper.
3. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,
then unfold the paper.
4. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and
the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD.
Select A4 or Letter for Size: and Plain paper for Type:, then press the OK button.
5. Pull the paper output support out from the paper output tray, then open the output tray
extension.
191
6. Press the Setup button, use the
or
button to select Maintenance, then press the OK
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
7. Use the
or
button to select Bottom cleaning, then press the OK button.
The paper cleans the inside of the machine as it feeds through the machine.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
Note
• When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the machine may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine.
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent
faxes are stored in the machine's memory. Make sure if the machine completed sending or
receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord.
• The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off.
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the
machine's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power
cord.
192
Changing the Machine Settings
Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer
Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD
193
Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
Registering a Changed Printing Profile
Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used
Managing the Printer Power
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
194
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your model.
1. Select Ink Level Information from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
An illustration of the ink types and their status is displayed.
If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs, the printer driver displays an icon to let you
know.
2. If necessary, click Ink Details
You can check the ink-related information.
Note
• Ink Details is displayed when the ink level is low.
• Click
to check which FINE cartridge your model uses.
• Click Update to display the current remaining ink level.
195
Registering a Changed Printing Profile
You can name and register the printing profile you made in the Print Dialog. The registered printing profile
can be called up from Presets to be used. You can also delete the unnecessary printing profile.
The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows:
Registering a Printing Profile
1. In the Print dialog, set the necessary items
2. Select Save Current Settings as Preset... from the Presets
3. Save the settings
In the displayed dialog, enter a name in Preset Name, and if necessary, set Preset Available For.
Then click OK.
Important
• There are also print settings that cannot be saved to preset.
Using Registered Printing Profile
1. On Presets in the Print dialog, select the name of printing profile you want to use
Printing profile in the Print dialog will be updated to the called profile.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted
196
In the print dialog, select Show Presets... in the Presets section. Then in the dialog that appears,
select the name of the printing profile to be deleted.
2. Delete the printing profile
Click Delete, and click OK. The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets.
197
Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed cartridges
according to an intended use.
When one of the FINE cartridges becomes empty and cannot be replaced immediately by a new one, you
can specify the other FINE cartridge that still has ink and continue printing.
The procedure for specifying the FINE cartridge is as follows:
1. Select Ink Cartridge Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
2. Select the FINE cartridge to be used
Select the FINE cartridge you use for printing, and click Apply.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
The specified FINE cartridge will be used from the next printing.
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Black Only does not function because the printer uses the
color FINE cartridge to print documents.
• A paper type other than Plain Paper, or Envelope, is selected from the Media Type of the Quality
& Media on the pop-up menu in the Print dialog.
• "XXX (borderless)" is selected from the Paper Size pop-up menu in the Print dialog.
• Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either FINE
cartridge is detached.
198
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver.
The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows:
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the
printer on from the printer driver.
1. Select Power Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
2. Execute power off
Click Power Off, and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.
Important
• You cannot receive faxes when the printer is switched off.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the
printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Select Power Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
2. Check that the printer is on, and then click Auto Power
A dialog appears.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
3. If necessary, complete the following setting:
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver
or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
4. Apply the settings
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list
according to the same procedure.
199
Important
• In the following cases, you can set Auto Power Off but the power will not be turned off automatically.
• When you use the printer by connecting it to a network
• When you use the printer by connecting it to a telephone line via a modular cable
200
Reducing the Printer Noise
The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce
the operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows:
1. Select Quiet Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
Note
• If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, a message may be displayed because
the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer. If this happens,
click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
2. Set the quiet mode
If necessary, specify one of the following items:
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise.
Always use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer.
Use quiet mode during specified hours
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified
period of time.
Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If both are set to
the same time, the quiet mode will not function.
Important
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver.
No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations
from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
3. Apply the settings
201
Make sure that the printer is on and click Apply.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
The settings are enabled hereafter.
Note
• The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings.
202
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows:
1. Make sure that the printer is on, and then select Custom Settings from the pop-up menu
on the Canon IJ Printer Utility
Note
• If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, a message may be displayed because
the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer.
If this happens, click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
2. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the
slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
Prevent paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing
to prevent paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Prevent paper double-feed
Select this check box only if the printer is feeding multiple sheets of plain paper at the same time.
Important
• Using this function slows down the print speed.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function of Test Print on the pop-up menu in the Canon IJ
Printer Utility is set to automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head
alignment.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform the
automatic head alignment.
Don't detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer
When you print documents from your computer and the paper settings on the print dialog and the
cassette paper information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message
display and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.
3. Apply the settings
Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
203
Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD
Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD
Fax settings
Output settings
LAN settings
Dev. user settings
Firmware update
Cassette settings
Reset setting
About Quiet setting
Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode
204
Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Extended copy amt. as an example.
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Device settings, then press the OK button.
When you change the fax settings, press the Setup button, then select Fax settings.
4. Use the
button to select Output settings, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Extended copy amt., then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select a setting item, then press the OK button.
For details on each setting item:
Fax settings
Output settings
LAN settings
Dev. user settings
Firmware update
Cassette settings
Reset setting
Note
• You can reduce the operating noise when printing at night.
About Quiet setting
205
Fax settings
This section describes the setting items in Fax settings.
Easy setup
TEL no. registration
FAX user settings
Adv. FAX settings
Auto print settings
Security control
Note
• Before changing the settings, you can confirm the current settings by printing USER'S DATA LIST.
Summary of Reports and Lists
Easy setup
The machine must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function. Follow the
procedure according to the instructions on the LCD.
Note
• You can specify the setup setting individually or the advanced setting.
For details on how to specify the setting:
Preparing for Faxing
TEL no. registration
You can register the recipient's fax/telephone number to the machine.
Registering Recipients Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
FAX user settings
• Unit TEL no. registr.
Registers your fax/telephone number printed on sent faxes.
Registering User Information
• Unit name registr.
Registers your name printed on sent faxes.
Registering User Information
• Telephone line type (Country or region of purchase other than China)
Selects the telephone line type setting for the machine.
Setting the Telephone Line Type
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
206
• TEL line auto select (China only)
If you select ON, the telephone line type is selected automatically.
If you select OFF, you can select the telephone line type manually.
Setting the Telephone Line Type
Adv. FAX settings
• Auto redial
Enables/disables automatic redialing.
If you select ON, you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the
machine waits between redial attempts.
• Dial tone detect
Avoids mistransmission when reception and transmission occur at the same time.
If you select ON, the machine transmits the fax after confirming the dial tone.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Pause time settings
Sets the length of pause time for each when you enter "P" (pause).
• TTI position
Selects the position of the sender information (outside or inside the image area).
• Remote RX
Enables/disables remote reception.
If you select ON, you can specify the remote reception ID.
Remote Reception
• Color transmission
When faxing color documents using the ADF, selects whether to convert them into black & white data
if the recipient's fax machine does not support color faxing.
If you select If incompatible, end, the machine does not send color documents when the recipient's
fax machine does not support color faxing.
• RX image reduction
Enables/disables automatic reduction of incoming faxes so that they fit in the selected paper.
If you select ON, you can select the image reduction direction.
• Adv. communication
◦ ECM TX
Selects whether to send faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
◦ ECM RX
207
Selects whether to receive faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
◦ TX start speed
Selects the fax transmission speed.
Ex:
The following settings are available.
33600 bps/14400 bps/9600 bps/4800 bps
The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
The fax transmission start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
Some of settings are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.
When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower transmission start
speed may solve transmission problems.
◦ RX start speed
Selects the fax reception speed.
Ex:
The following settings are available.
33600 bps/14400 bps/9600 bps/4800 bps
The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
The fax reception start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
Some of settings are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.
When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower reception start speed
may solve reception problems.
Auto print settings
• Received documents
Selects whether to print the received fax automatically when receiving a fax.
If you select Do not print, the received fax is stored in the machine's memory.
For details on the received fax stored in the machine's memory:
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
• Activity report
Selects whether to print ACTIVITY REPORT automatically.
If you select Print, the machine prints ACTIVITY REPORT for the 20 histories of sent and received
faxes automatically.
For details on the procedure to print ACTIVITY REPORT manually:
208
Summary of Reports and Lists
• TX report
Selects whether to print TX REPORT/ERROR TX REPORT automatically after sending a fax.
If you print the report, select Print error only or Print for each TX.
If you select Print error only or Print for each TX, you can specify the print setting that the first page
of the fax is printed along with the report.
• RX report
Selects whether to print RX REPORT automatically after receiving a fax.
If you print RX REPORT, select Print error only or Print for each RX.
• Print when no ink
Sets whether to continue printing the received fax without storing it in the machine's memory when the
ink has run out.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Security control
• FAX no. re-entry
If you select ON, you can set the machine to send faxes after using the Numeric buttons to enter the
number twice. By using this setting, you can avoid the mistransmission of faxes.
• Check RX FAX info
If you select ON, the machine checks whether the recipient's fax machine information matches the
dialed number. If it matches the number, the machine starts to send faxes.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
• Hook setting
If you select Enable, you can use the on hook dial function.
• FAX RX reject
If you select ON, the machine rejects the reception of faxes with no sender information or faxes from
specific senders.
Rejecting Fax Reception
• Caller rejection
If you subscribe to the Caller ID service, the machine detects the sender's Caller ID. If the sender's ID
matches the condition specified in this setting, the machine rejects the phone call or fax reception
from the sender.
If you select Subscribed, you can specify the settings of rejection.
Using the Caller ID Service to Reject Calls
Note
• This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase. Contact your
telephone company to confirm whether it provides this service.
209
Output settings
• Prevent abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower
print quality.
• Extended copy amt.
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when copying in Borderless (full).
Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page. You
can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed.
Cropped area will be larger if Amount: Large is selected.
Note
• If printouts contain margins even though you are copying in Borderless, specifying Amount: Large
for this setting may help solve the problem.
• Prevent double-feed
Select ON to prevent double-feed of plain paper.
Important
• Select ON only when double-feed of plain paper occurs.
210
LAN settings
• Change LAN
Enables/disables either wireless LAN or access point mode.
• Wireless LAN setup
If your wireless router is compatible with WPS, set up wireless LAN following the on-screen instructions.
If not, select one of the setup methods below.
◦ Standard setup
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually using the operation panel of the
machine.
◦ WPS (Push button)
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦ Other setup
Manual setup
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually. You can specify multiple WEP
keys.
WPS (PIN code)
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
Cableless setup
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the machine directly from a
device (such as a smartphone) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
• AP mode settings
When you use the machine as an access point (wireless router), specify the access point name (SSID)
and the security setting.
Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode
• Print LAN details
You can print out the network settings of the machine such as its IP address and SSID.
For more information on the machine's network setting is printed out, refer to Printing Out Network
Setting Information.
Important
• This printout contains valuable information about your computer. Handle it with care.
• Other settings
Important
• You cannot select the items below when LAN inactive is selected for Change LAN.
◦ Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
211
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.
◦ TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
◦ WSD setting
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8.1,
Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista).
Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in Windows
8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista.
WSD scan from dev.
Selecting Active allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD.
Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
◦ Bonjour settings
Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for Mac OS.
Enab./disab. Bonjour
Selecting Active allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
Enter service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
◦ LPR setting
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
◦ DRX setting
Selecting Active allows you to enable discontinuous reception when using wireless LAN. It allows
you to save electricity.
Note
• Depending on the wireless router you are using, discontinuous reception may not be enabled
even though Active is selected.
• Discontinuous reception is enabled only while the machine is on standby. (The LCD is in the
screen saver mode.)
212
Dev. user settings
• Date/time setting
Sets the current date and time.
Setting the Sender Information
Important
• If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be reset.
• Date display format
Sets the format of dates displayed on the LCD and printed on sent faxes.
• DST setting
Some countries adopt the daylight saving time (summer time) system that shifts the clock time forward
at certain periods of the year.
You can set your machine to automatically change the time by registering the date and time that daylight
saving time (summer time) begins and ends.
Setting the Sender Information
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Sound control
Selects whether the beep sound in operations is enabled or not.
◦ Keypad sound
Selects whether the beep sound is enabled or not when pressing the buttons on the operation
panel.
◦ Alarm sound
Selects whether the alarm is enabled or not.
◦ Line monitor sound
Selects whether the line monitor sound is enabled or not.
◦ Offhook alarm
Selects whether the alarm is enabled or not when the phone receiver is not put on the hook
properly.
• Country or region
Selects the country or region where you are using the machine.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Language selection
Changes the language for LCD messages and menus.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Dutch / Portuguese / Norwegian / Swedish /
Danish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovak / Hungarian / Slovene / Croatian /
213
Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Traditional
Chinese / Korean / Indonesian / Vietnamese
• Key repeat
Enables/Disables continuous input by pressing and holding down the
button when setting the
number of copies, the zoom ratio, etc.
• Device info sending
Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon server. The information sent to
Canon will be utilized to develop better products. Select ON to send the printer usage information to
Canon server.
• Auto power off
The machine turns off automatically if no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the machine for
a specified period of time. Select OFF if you want the machine not to turn off automatically.
Important
• Under the following conditions, the machine does not turn off automatically even though this setting
is enabled.
• When using the machine via a network and the network connection is enabled
• When the machine is connected to a telephone line using a modular cable
Note
• You can select whether you turn off the machine automatically from the operation panel of the
machine or the printer driver.
• The machine does not have a function to turn itself on automatically.
214
Firmware update
You can update the firmware of the machine, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a
notification screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Note
• Only Current version is available when LAN inactive is selected for Change LAN in LAN settings.
• Install update
Performs the firmware update of the machine.
• Current version
You can check the current firmware version.
• Update notification
When ON is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware
update is displayed on the LCD.
• DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
215
Cassette settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette, you can prevent the machine from
misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the
loaded paper differs from the print settings.
For details:
Paper setting for Printing
• Register paper info
Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette.
Note
• For details on the combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
• Det. paper mismatch
If you select ON, the machine detects whether the paper size and the media type are the same as those
registered in Register paper info. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error message
is displayed on the LCD.
Note
• When OFF is selected, Detect reinsertion is disabled.
• Detect reinsertion
If you select ON, the machine detects the cassette is reinserted. When the Register paper info screen
is displayed, register the paper size and the media type.
216
Reset setting
Returns all settings you made to the machine back to the default. However, some data may not be changed,
depending on the current usage state of your machine.
Important
• Depending on the setting item, it is necessary to perform connection or setup again after you have
returned the setting back to the default.
• Web service setup
Returns the Web service settings back to the default.
• LAN settings
Returns the LAN settings other than the administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool back to the
default.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
• Telephone no. data
Returns the telephone/fax number settings to default.
• Setting data
Returns the settings such as the paper size, media type, or other setting items back to the default. The
LAN settings and the telephone/fax number are not returned back to the default.
• Device info sending
Returns only the device information sending settings back to the default.
• FAX settings
Returns the fax settings back to the default. Disconnect the telephone line from the machine before you
return this setting item back to the default.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
• All data
Returns all settings you made to the machine back to the default. The administrator password specified
by IJ Network Tool returns to the default setting.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
Note
• You cannot return the following setting items back to the default:
• The language displayed on the LCD
• The current position of the print head
• The country or region selected for Country or region
217
About Quiet setting
Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at
night. In addition, you can specify the time range to reduce the operating noise.
Important
• Set the current date and time in advance.
Setting the Sender Information
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Quiet setting, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select ON or Use in specified hrs, then press the OK button.
• When ON is selected:
You can reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
• When Use in specified hrs is selected:
button to move the cursor
The screen to specify starting/ending time is displayed. Use the
under the desired position, use the Numeric buttons to enter the time, then press the OK button.
You can reduce the operating noise during the specified time.
Important
• Operating speed may be reduced compared to when OFF is selected.
• This function may not be so effective depending on the machine's setting. Furthermore, certain
noise, such as when the machine is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
Note
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine or the printer driver. No
matter how you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the
operation panel of the machine or printing and scanning from the computer.
218
Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode
By using the machine as an access point in an environment that does not have wireless router, or by using
the machine as an access point temporarily in an environment that has wireless router, you can connect the
machine to an external device such as a computer or a smartphone and print/scan from them.
This section describes how to enable the access point mode, the access point name of the machine, and
the security setting.
How to enable the Access Point Mode
Printing/Scanning with the Access Point Mode
How to terminate the Access Point Mode
Setting of the Access Point Mode
Important
• Before using the machine with the access point mode, confirm the usage restrictions then switch the
machine to the access point mode.
Restrictions
• If you use the machine with the access point mode for the long time, we recommend that you change
the default access point name and the default password to the combination of numbers and letters from
the point of view of security.
How to enable the Access Point Mode
Enable the access point mode following the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Device settings, then press the OK button.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
4. Use the
button to select LAN settings, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Change LAN, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select Access point mode, then press the OK button.
7. Use the
button to select Start setup, then press the OK button.
The access point mode is enabled and the machine can be used as an access point.
Note
• If you select SSID or Security protocol using the
button and press the OK button, you
can confirm the current access point name (SSID) and the current security setting.
219
Printing/Scanning with the Access Point Mode
Print/Scan with the access point mode following the procedure below.
1. Connect an external device such as a computer or a smartphone to the machine via
wireless LAN.
Perform wireless LAN settings with your external device, then assign the access point name (SSID)
specified for the machine as a destination.
Note
• For details on how to perform wireless LAN settings with an external device, refer to the
device's instruction manual.
• When a WPA2-PSK (AES) password is valid on the machine, entering the password is required
to connect an external device to the machine via wireless LAN. Enter the password specified for
the machine.
2. Start printing or scanning from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone.
Note
• For details on how to print or scan from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone
via wireless LAN, refer to the device's or application's instruction manual.
How to terminate the Access Point Mode
In environments that the machine is usually connected with the computer over the wireless LAN, set the
machine to the wireless LAN connection following the procedure below when you finish using the machine
with the access point mode temporarily.
1. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
2. Use the
button to select Device settings, then press the OK button.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select LAN settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select Change LAN, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Wireless LAN, then press the OK button.
If you do not use the machine over wireless LAN, select LAN inactive.
Setting of the Access Point Mode
Specify the settings for the access point mode following the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
220
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Device settings, then press the OK button.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
4. Use the
button to select LAN settings, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select AP mode settings, then press the OK button.
The screen to enter the access point name (SSID) is displayed.
6. Enter the access point name (up to 32 characters).
Enter the access point name when you use the machine as an access point.
7. Press the OK button to finish entering the name.
8. Use the
button to select the security setting, then press the OK button.
WPA2-PSK (AES)
Specifies the security setting applying WPA2-PSK (AES). Proceed to the next step when the
screen to specify the password is displayed.
Disable
Finishes the access point settings without specifying the security setting.
9. Enter the password (8 to 10 characters).
10. Press the OK button to finish specifying the password setting.
Note
• If you change the access point mode setting of the machine, also change the access point setting of
the external device such as a computer or a smartphone.
221
Information about Network Connection
Useful Information about Network Connection
222
Useful Information about Network Connection
Default Values Set at Factory (Network)
Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable
When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name
Connecting to Other Computer with LAN/Changing the Connection Method
from USB to LAN
Printing Out Network Setting Information
223
Default Values Set at Factory (Network)
Default Values of the LAN Connection
Item
The default
Change LAN
LAN inactive
SSID
BJNPSETUP
Communication mode
Infrastructure
Wireless LAN security
Disable
IP address (IPv4)
Auto setup
IP address (IPv6)
Auto setup
Set printer name
XXXXXX000000
TCP/IP settings
IPv4/IPv6
Enable/disable IPv6
Active
Enable/disable WSD
Active
Timeout setting
1 minute
Enab./disab. Bonjour
Active
Service name (Bonjour settings) Canon MX490 series
LPR setting
Active
DRX setting
Active
("XXXXXX" is the last six digits of MAC address of the machine.)
Default Values of the Access Point Mode
Item
The default
SSID (access point name) XXXXXX-MX490series
Security setting
WPA2-PSK (AES)
Password
Serial number of the machine
("XXXXXX" is the last six digits of MAC address of the machine.)
224
Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable
Connect the machine and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located
on the rear of the machine.
225
When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name
When the printer is detected, you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result
screen. The printer names on the screen are displayed with the MAC address added at the end of the
names or displayed as the printer name specified by Bonjour.
Select a printer with checking the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, or the serial number
set to the printer against that on the detection result screen.
Note
• A serial number may not be displayed on the detection result screen.
To check the MAC address of the printer, print out the network setting information using the operation panel
of the printer.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
226
Connecting to Other Computer with LAN/Changing the Connection
Method from USB to LAN
To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN or to change the connection method between the
machine and the computer from USB to LAN, perform setup according to the instructions on our website.
Connecting to Other Computer with LAN
To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN, perform setup according to the instructions on our
website.
Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN
To change the connection method to LAN while you are using the machine with USB connection, perform
setup again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method.
227
Printing Out Network Setting Information
You can print out the current network settings of the machine.
Important
• This print out contains valuable information about your computer. Handle it with care.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
4. Use the
button to select Device settings, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select LAN settings, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select Print LAN details, then press the OK button.
The machine starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the machine's network setting is printed out.
Item
Explanations of the item
Setting
Wireless LAN
Wireless LAN
Enable/Disable
Connection
Connection status
Active/Inactive
MAC Address
MAC Address
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
SSID
SSID
SSID of the wireless LAN/SSID of the access
point mode
Password
Password
Password of the access point mode (8 to 10
alphanumeric characters)
Communication Mode
Communication Mode
Infrastructure/Access Point Mode
Channel *1
Channel
XX (1 to 13)
Encryption
Method of the Encryption
none/WEP/TKIP/AES
WEP Key Length
WEP Key Length
Inactive/128/64
Authentication
Method of the Authentication
none/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
Signal Strength
Signal Strength
0 to 100 [%]
TCP/IP Version
TCP/IP Version
IPv4 & IPv6/IPv4
IPv4 IP Address
Selected IP Address (IPv4)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
IPv4 Default Gateway
Default Gateway (IPv4)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
228
Subnet Mask
Subnet Mask
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
IPv6 IP Address *2
Selected IP Address (IPv6)
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
IPv6 Default Gateway *2 Default Gateway (IPv6)
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
Subnet Prefix Length *2
Subnet Prefix Length
XXX
IPsec *3
IPsec setting
Active
Security Protocol *3
Method of the Security Protocol
ESP/ESP & AH/AH
Wireless LAN DRX
Discontinuous reception
(wireless LAN)
Enable/Disable
Other Settings
Other settings
-
Printer Name
Printer name
Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)
WSD
WSD setting
Enable/Disable
WSD Timeout
Timeout
1/5/10/15/20 [min]
LPR Protocol
LPR protocol setting
Enable/Disable
Bonjour
Bonjour setting
Enable/Disable
Bonjour Service Name
Bonjour service name
Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric
characters)
DNS Server
Getting DNS Server
Auto/Manual
automatically
Primary Server
Primary server address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
Secondary Server
Secondary server address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
Proxy Server
Proxy Server setting
Enable/Disable
Proxy Port
Specifying Proxy Port
1 to 65535
Proxy Address
Proxy Address
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
*1 Depending on the country or region of purchase, one of the channels from 1 to 11 is printed.
*2 Only when IPv6 is enabled, the status of the network is printed.
*3 Only when IPv6 and the IPsec setting are enabled, the status of the network is printed.
229
About Network Communication
Changing and Confirming Network Settings
Appendix for Network Communication
230
Changing and Confirming Network Settings
IJ Network Tool
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
Canon IJ Network Tool Menus
Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings
Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings
Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet
Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet
Monitoring Wireless Network Status
Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine
Viewing the Modified Settings
231
IJ Network Tool
IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings. It is installed
when the machine is set up.
Important
• To use the machine over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing.
• Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running.
• If the firewall function of your security software is turned on, a message may appear warning that
Canon software is attempting to access the network. If the warning message appears, set the security
software to always allow access.
Starting up IJ Network Tool
1. Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder, double-click Canon Utilities > IJ
Network Tool, and double-click the Canon IJ Network Tool icon.
Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer at
the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator
password is required.
For details:
About the Administrator Password
For improving security, we recommend to change the administrator password.
Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet
232
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
This section describes the items displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
1. Utilities
Modifies the settings of the machine.
Select to change the network name (SSID) settings.
Setup
Sets up the machine.
If you setup the machine from scratch, connect your computer and the machine with a USB cable.
2. Printers:
Printer name, type, and connection destination are displayed.
The selected printer can be set up or be modified.
3. Update
Performs printer detection again. Click this button if the target printer is not displayed.
Important
• To change the printer's network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.
• If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure that the printer is turned on, then click
Update. It may take several minutes to detect printers. If the printer is not yet detected, connect
the machine and the computer with a USB cable, then click Update.
• If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this
condition.
Note
• This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu.
233
4. Configuration...
Enabled when Utilities is selected. Click to display the Configuration screen to configure settings of the
selected printer.
Note
• This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Settings menu.
234
Canon IJ Network Tool Menus
This section describes the menus in Canon IJ Network Tool.
1. Canon IJ Network Tool menu
About Canon IJ Network Tool
Displays the version of this application.
Quit Canon IJ Network Tool
Exits IJ Network Tool.
2. View menu
Status
Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication
status.
In the access point mode, this item is grayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection
status.
Refresh
Updates and displays the contents of Printers: to the latest information.
Important
• To change the printer's network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.
• If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure that the printer is turned on, then select
Refresh. It may take several minutes to detect printers. If the printer is not yet detected, connect the
machine and the computer with a USB cable, then select Refresh.
• If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this
condition.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
Network Information
Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer.
3. Settings menu
Configuration...
Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer.
Note
• This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
Maintenance...
Displays the Maintenance screen to return the network settings of the printer to factory default.
235
Set up printer's access point mode...
You can change the access point mode settings. Perform settings following the message on the
screen.
If you change the Encryption Method: setting and the Password: setting, on the Set up printer's
access point mode screen, the changed settings are applied to the printer settings.
Note
• You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN.
4. Help menu
Instructions
Displays this guide.
236
Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet
To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB
cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection
without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying
the settings.
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
• Enable the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet.
1. Start up IJ Network Tool.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily, select the printer with USB
appearing in the Connected to column.
3. Click the Configuration... button.
4. Click the Wireless LAN button.
5. Change the settings or confirm.
Click OK after changing configuration. A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the
settings are sent to the printer. If you click OK, the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted
Settings screen is displayed.
1. Network Type:
Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected.
AirPort Network (Infra)
Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with a wireless router.
237
Access point mode
Connects external wireless communication devices (e.g. computers, smartphones, or tablets)
to the printer using it as an access point (wireless router).
Note
• When Access point mode is displayed on Network Type:, you cannot change the settings
on the Wireless LAN sheet or the Admin Password sheet.
• You can perform setting from Set up printer's access point mode... on the Settings menu
when you use the printer with the access point mode.
Depending on the printer you are using, you can change the settings using the operation
panel.
2. Network (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed.
In the access point mode, the access point name (SSID) of the printer is displayed.
Note
• Enter the same SSID that the wireless router is configured to use. The SSID is casesensitive.
3. Search...
The Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect to.
Wireless Routers Screen
Note
• When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN, the button is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings.
4. Encryption Method:
Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN.
Important
• If all encryption types of the wireless router, printer, or computer do not match, the printer
cannot communicate with the computer. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer
after the encryption type of the printer was switched, make sure that encryption types for the
computer and the wireless router match that set to the printer.
• If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of
disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.
Do Not Use
Select to disable encryption.
Use Password (WEP)
Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified.
If a network password (WEP) has not been set, the WEP Details screen is displayed
automatically. To change WEP settings set before, click Configuration... to display the
screen.
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings
238
Use WPA/WPA2
Transmission is encrypted using a network key you specified.
The security has been strengthened more than WEP.
If a network key has not been set, the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is
displayed automatically. To change network key settings before, click Configuration... to
display the WPA/WPA2 Details screen.
Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings
5. Configuration...
The detailed settings screen is displayed. The network password (WEP) or the WPA/WPA2 key
selected in Encryption Method: can be confirmed and changed.
For details on WEP setting:
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings
For details on WPA/WPA2 setting:
Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings
6. TCP/IP Setting:
Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN. Specify a value appropriate for your
network environment.
Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
Use following IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address.
• Wireless Routers Screen
1. Detected Wireless Routers:
The signal strength from the wireless router, encryption type, name of wireless router, and the radio
channel can be confirmed.
Important
• If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of
disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.
239
Note
• Signal strength is displayed as follows.
: Good
: Fair
: Poor
• Type of encryption is displayed as follows.
Blank: No encryption
WEP: WEP is set
WPA/WPA2: WPA/WPA2 is set
2. Refresh
Click to update the list of wireless routers when your target wireless router is not detected.
If the target wireless router is set to a closed network (the stealth mode), click Cancel to return to the
previous screen and enter the network name (SSID) in Network (SSID).
Note
• Make sure that the wireless router is turned on.
3. Set
Click to set the network name (SSID) in Network (SSID): on the Wireless LAN sheet.
Note
• The WPA/WPA2 Details screen or the WEP Details screen appears if the selected wireless
router is encrypted. In this case, configure the details to use the same encryption settings set
to the wireless router.
• Wireless routers that cannot be used by this machine (including those configured to use
different encryption methods) are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured.
240
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB
cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection
without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying
the settings.
1. Start up IJ Network Tool.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily, select the printer with USB
appearing in the Connected to column.
3. Click the Configuration... button.
4. Click the Wireless LAN button.
5. Select Use Password (WEP) in Encryption Method: and click Configuration....
The WEP Details screen is displayed.
6. Change the settings or confirm.
When changing the password (WEP key), the same change must be made to the password (WEP key)
of the wireless router.
1. Password (WEP Key):
Enter the same key as the one set to the wireless router.
The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the
combination of the key length and key format.
Key Length
64 bit
Key Format ASCII
128 bit
5 characters 13 characters
Hexadecimal (Hex) 10 digits
26 digits
241
2. Key Length:
Select either 64 bit or 128 bit.
3. Key Format:
Select either ASCII or Hex.
4. Key ID:
Select the Key ID (index) set to the wireless router.
Note
• When the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN:
When the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, confirm the settings in
Wireless Security of AirPort Utility.
• Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for the key length in the AirPort Base Station.
• Select 1 for Key ID:. Otherwise your computer will not be able to communicate with the
printer via the wireless router.
5. Authentication:
Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer's access to the wireless router.
Normally, select Auto. If you want to specify the method manually, select Open System or
Shared Key according to the setting of the wireless router.
7. Click OK.
Important
• If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was
switched, make sure that encryption types for the computer and the wireless router match that set
to the printer.
242
Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB
cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection
without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying
the settings.
The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings.
1. Start up IJ Network Tool.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily, select the printer with USB
appearing in the Connected to column.
3. Click the Configuration... button.
4. Click the Wireless LAN button.
5. Select Use WPA/WPA2 in Encryption Method: and click Configuration....
6. Enter the passphrase, then click OK.
1. Passphrase:
Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63
alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value.
If you do not know the wireless router passphrase, refer to the instruction manual provided with
the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
2. Dynamic Encryption Type:
The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure
encryption) automatically.
Important
• If Auto is not displayed on Dynamic Encryption Type:, select either TKIP(Basic Encryption) or
AES(Secure Encryption).
• If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was
switched, make sure that encryption types for the computer and the wireless router match that set
to the printer.
243
Note
• This machine supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2Personal).
244
Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
• Enable the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet.
1. Start up IJ Network Tool.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
3. Click the Configuration... button.
4. Click the Wired LAN button.
5. Change the settings or confirm.
Click OK after changing configuration. A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the
settings are sent to the printer. If you click OK, the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted
Settings screen is displayed.
1. TCP/IP Setting:
Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN. Specify a value appropriate for your
network environment.
Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your router.
Use following IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address.
245
Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet
Note
• You cannot change the settings when using the access point mode.
1. Start up IJ Network Tool.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
3. Click the Configuration... button.
4. Click the Admin Password button.
The Admin Password sheet is displayed.
5. Change the settings or confirm.
1. Use admin password
Sets an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options. To use this
feature, select this check box and enter a password.
Important
• The password should consist of alphanumeric characters and be no longer than 32
characters. The password is case-sensitive. Do not forget the password you set.
2. Password:
Enter the password to set.
3. Password Confirmation:
Enter the password again for confirmation.
6. Click OK.
246
A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer. If you click
OK, the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed.
Enter Password Screen
The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the printer.
• Admin Password
Enter the administrator password that was set. For security purposes, your password is not displayed
as you type it.
Important
• If you forget the administrator password you specified, initialize the printer to return the password
to the default setting.
• OK
Click this item after you enter the administrator password.
• Cancel
This item returns you to list of detected printers. If you do not enter the correct administrator
password, you cannot operate the printer.
247
Monitoring Wireless Network Status
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
• When using the machine over the wired LAN, you cannot monitor network status.
1. Start up IJ Network Tool.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
3. Select Status on the View menu.
The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance.
1. Signal Level:
Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer, ranging from 0% to 100%.
2. Link Quality:
Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating, ranging from 0% to 100%.
Important
• If the indicated value is low, move your printer closer to the wireless network device.
3. Advanced Measurement...
Click to examine the connection performance between the printer and the wireless router. Follow
the instructions on the screen to start measuring and display the status. Measurement takes a few
minutes.
When
is displayed in Connection performance between the printer and the wireless
router:, the printer can communicate with the wireless router. Otherwise, refer to displayed
comments and Help for improving the status of communication link, and click Remeasurement.
• Check that the printer and the wireless router are located within the wireless connectivity
range with no obstacles between them.
• Check if the distance between the printer and the wireless router is not too far.
If they are too far, move them closer together (within 164 ft. / 50 m).
• Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the wireless router.
In general, connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between
different floors. Adjust the locations to avoid such situations.
• Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the wireless router.
248
The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other
sources of radio interference. Try to keep the printer and the wireless router away from such
sources.
• Check if the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers
nearby.
If the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers nearby, the
connection performance may become unstable. Be sure to use a radio channel that does not
interfere with other wireless routers.
• Check that the printer and the wireless router face each other.
Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices. Replace the
wireless router and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance.
• Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer.
If
appears in the result of the measurement, check whether other computers are not
accessing the printer.
If
still appears even if you have tried the above, finish the measurement, then restart the IJ
Network Tool to start over the measurement.
Note
• If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance:, move the machine and wireless
router as instructed on the screen to improve the performance.
249
Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine
Important
• Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine, and printing or scanning operation
from a computer over network becomes impossible. To use the machine over network, perform setup
according to the instructions on our website.
1. Start up IJ Network Tool.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
3. Select Maintenance... on the Settings menu.
1. Setting Initialization
Initialize
Returns all the network settings of the printer to factory default.
4. Click Initialize.
The Setting Initialization screen is displayed.
Click OK to initialize the network settings of the printer. Do not turn off the printer during initialization.
Click OK when initialization is complete.
Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection, so perform setup
according to the instructions on our website.
Note
• You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after
initializing the LAN settings. To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool, enable
wireless LAN in advance.
250
Viewing the Modified Settings
The Confirmation screen is displayed after you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen.
When you click OK on the Confirmation screen, the following screen is displayed for confirming the
modified settings.
1. Settings:
A list of changes made in the Configuration screen is displayed.
251
Appendix for Network Communication
Using the Card Slot over a Network
About Technical Terms
Restrictions
252
Using the Card Slot over a Network
Note
• This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To confirm whether this function is
available with your printer, refer to List of Function for Each Model.
Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive
Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network
Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive
The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network.
To mount the card slot as the network drive, follow the procedure below.
1. Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine.
2. Check the current printer name.
You can check the current printer name on the LCD of the printer.
3. On Finder, click the Go menu and Connect to Server.
4. Input "smb://xxxxxxxxxxxx/canon_memory/", then click Connect.
For example, if the current printer name is "123ABC000000", then input "smb://123ABC000000/
canon_memory/".
5. Make sure that the card slot is mounted.
When the card slot is mounted, the following icon appears on the desktop or in the Computer window
on the Go menu of Finder.
Note
• The authentication screen may appear. If it appears, you do not need to input the password.
• If you cannot mount the card slot with the method above, input the IP address of the machine
instead of the current printer name, and try again. For example, "smb://192.168.1.1/
canon_memory/". If you mount the card slot with the IP address, you have to remount it
whenever the machine's IP address changes.
Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network
• You cannot write data to a memory card in the card slot over a network. You can only read data from
a memory card.
253
• The card slot can be shared by multiple computers, if the machine is connected to a network. Multiple
computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time.
• If your computer joins a domain, the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive.
• If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files, a large amount of card access
may be generated. In this case, the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow. Operate
after the Access lamp of the machine is lit.
• When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network, file names consisting of eight
or less lowercase letters (not including its extension) may be shown in uppercase.
For example, a file name such as "abcdefg.doc" will be "ABCDEFG.DOC", while a name such as
"AbcdeFG.doc" will appear the same.
The file is not actually renamed, but merely appears to be changed.
• Disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer to read files from a memory card
over a network.
254
About Technical Terms
In this section, technical terms used in the manual are explained.
A
B
C
D
F
I
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
W
A
• Access point mode
The machine is used as a wireless router to connect external wireless communication devices (e.g.
computers, smartphones, or tablets) in an environment where no wireless router is available. You can
connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode.
• Ad-hoc
Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer-to-peer basis,
i.e., all clients in with the same SSID/network name communicate directly with each other. No wireless
router is required. This machine does not support ad-hoc communication.
• Admin Password
Administrator password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users. It must be entered to
access the printer and change printer settings.
• AES
An encryption method. It is optional for WPA/WPA2. Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within
U.S. government organizations for information processing.
• AirPort Network (Infra)
Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through a wireless
router.
255
• Authentication Method
The method that a wireless router uses to authenticate a printer through a wireless LAN. The methods
are agreeable each other.
When using WEP as an encryption method, the authentication method is able to fix to Open System
or Shared Key.
For WPA/WPA2, authentication method is PSK.
◦ Auto
The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the wireless router.
◦ Open System
In this authentication method, the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key
even if Use Password (WEP) is selected.
◦ Shared Key
In this authentication method, the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that
was set for encryption.
B
• Bonjour
A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network
automatically.
C
• Channel
Frequency channel for wireless communication. In the infrastructure mode, the channel is
automatically adjusted to match that set to the wireless router. This machine supports channels 1 to
13. (Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase.) Note
that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or
country.
D
• DHCP server functionality
The router assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a
network starts up.
• DNS server
A server that converts device names into IP addresses. When specifying IP addresses manually,
specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server.
256
F
• Firewall
It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network. To prevent, you can use the
firewall function of a broadband router, the security software installed in the computer, or operation
system for computer.
I
• IEEE 802.11b
International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to
11 Mbps.
• IEEE 802.11g
International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to
54 Mbps. Compatible with 802.11b.
• IEEE 802.11n
International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges. Even when
using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using
multiple communication channels at the same time, the transmission speed may be influenced by the
connected apparatus.
At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps, it is possible to communicate with multiple computer
terminals within a dozen or so metre radius.
Compatible with 802.11b and 802.11g.
• IP Address
A unique number with four parts separated by dots. Every network device that is connected to the
Internet has an IP address. Example: 192.168.0.1
An IP address is usually assigned by a wireless router or a DHCP server of the router automatically.
• IPv4/IPv6
They are internetwork-layer protocol used on the internet. IPv4 uses 32-bit addresses and IPv6 uses
128-bit addresses.
K
• Key Format
Select either ASCII or Hex as the Password (WEP) key format. The character that can be used for the
WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats.
◦ ASCII
Specify with a 5 or 13-character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore "_"
characters. It is case-sensitive.
◦ Hex
Specify a 10-digit or 26-digit string that can contain hexadecimal (0 to 9, A to F, and a to f).
257
• Key Length
Length of the WEP key. Select either 64 bits or 128 bits. Longer key length allows you to set a more
complex WEP key.
L
• Link Quality
The status of the connection between the wireless router and the printer excluding noise
(interference) is indicated with a value from 0 to 100%.
• LPR
A platform-independent printing protocol used in TCP/IP networks. It does not support bidirectional
communication.
M
• MAC Address (AirPort ID)
Also known as the physical address. A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to
network devices by its manufacturer. MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a
hexadecimal number separated by colons, i.e., 11:22:33:44:55:66.
N
• Network (SSID)
Unique label for wireless LAN. It is often represented such as a network name or a wireless router
name.
SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference.
The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with
each other. The SSID can be up to 32 characters long, and is made up of alphanumeric characters.
The SSID may also be referred to by its network name.
P
• Password (WEP)/Password (WEP Key)
An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt
data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of
ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4.
• Performance
Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used.
• Proxy server
A server that links a LAN-connected computer to the Internet. When using a proxy server, specify the
address and the port number of the proxy server.
• PSK
An encryption method employed by WPA/WPA2.
258
R
• Router
A relay device to connect to another network.
S
• Signal Level
The strength of the signal received by the printer from the wireless router is indicated with a value
from 0 to 100%.
• SSID
Unique label for wireless LAN. It is often represented such as a network name or a wireless router
name.
SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference.
The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with
each other. The SSID can be up to 32 characters long, and is made up of alphanumeric characters.
The SSID may also be referred to by its network name.
• Stealth
In the stealth mode, a wireless router hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID. The client must specify
the SSID set to the wireless router to detect it.
The stealth mode is called a "closed network".
• Subnet Mask Address
IP address has two components, the network address and the host address. Subnet Mask used to
calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address. A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by a
wireless router or a DHCP server of the router automatically.
Example:
IP Address: 192.168.127.123
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
Subnet Mask Address: 192.168.127.0
T
• TCP/IP
Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN. This protocol
allows different terminals to communicate with each other.
• TKIP
An encryption protocol employed by WPA/WPA2.
259
U
• USB
Serial interface designed to enable you to "hot-swap" devices, i.e., by plugging and unplugging them
without turning off the power.
W
• WEP/WEP Key
An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt
data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of
ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4.
• Wi-Fi
International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE
802.11 specification.
This machine is a Wi-Fi authorized product.
• Wireless LAN
A network that, instead of being connected by physical wires, is connected by a wireless technology,
such as Wi-Fi.
• Wireless Router
A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients/the machine and
rebroadcasts it. Required in an infrastructure network.
• WPA
Security framework announced by the Wi-Fi Alliance in October 2002. The security has been
strengthened more than WEP.
◦ Authentication
WPA defines the following authentication methods: WPA Personal that can be used without an
authentication server, plus WPA Enterprise that do require an authentication server.
This machine supports WPA Personal.
◦ Passphrase
This encrypted key is used to perform WPA Personal authentication.
The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal
value.
• WPA2
Security framework released by the Wi-Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA.
Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).
◦ Authentication
WPA2 defines the following authentication methods: WPA2 Personal that can be used without an
authentication server, plus WPA2 Enterprise that do require an authentication server.
This machine supports WPA2 Personal.
◦ Passphrase
260
This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 Personal authentication.
The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal
value.
• WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)
WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network.
There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi-Fi Protected Setup:
PIN entry: a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices
Push button configuration (PBC): an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push
button in the software.
261
Restrictions
If you use a printer over the wireless LAN, the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems, you should
set a network key (WEP or WPA/WPA2) to the wireless router to encrypt wireless transmission. Wireless
communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi-Fi standard cannot be guaranteed.
Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance, such as printing speed.
262
Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality
Useful Information about Ink
Key Points to Successful Printing
Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing
Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper
Canceling a Print Job
Storing Printed Images
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine
263
Useful Information about Ink
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. Ink is not only used for printing, but also for cleaning the
print head to maintain the optimal printing quality.
The machine has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging. In the
cleaning procedure, used ink for nozzle cleaning is limited to a small amount.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
264
Key Points to Successful Printing
Check the machine status before printing!
• Is the print head OK?
If a print head nozzle is clogged, print will be faint and papers will be wasted. Print the nozzle check
pattern to check the print head.
Maintenance Procedure
• Is the inside of the machine smeared with ink?
After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing, the area where papers go
through may get smeared with ink. Clean the inside of your machine with Bottom Plate Cleaning.
Check how to load the paper correctly!
• Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation?
To load paper in the cassette, load paper WITH THE PRINTING SIDE FACING DOWN.
Loading Paper
• Is the paper curled?
The curled paper causes paper jam. Flatten the curled paper, then reload it.
"Load the paper after correcting its curl." in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
265
Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing
Before printing, make paper settings in the operation panel or the computer screen.
There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at optimal
quality and paper suitable for documents.
Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that
allow you to print to that type with optimal image quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout
color quality or scratches on the printed surface.
If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
266
Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper
When you insert a cassette into the machine after loading paper, the screen for setting the type and size of
paper is displayed. Set the cassette paper information according to the type and size of loaded paper.
To prevent incorrect printing, this machine has a function that detects whether the information set for the
paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in
accordance with the cassette paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is
displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed,
check and correct the paper settings.
To check cassette paper information, display the paper information screen on the operation panel.
267
Canceling a Print Job
Never press the ON button!
If you press the ON button while printing is in progress, the print data sent from the computer queues in
the machine and you may not be able to continue to print.
Press the Stop button to cancel printing.
268
Storing Printed Images
Store printed images in albums, clear photo sleeves, or glass frames to protect them from direct exposure to
air.
Note
• Storing printed images without sufficient drying may cause blurring or discoloration.
269
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paintstick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the machine caps the print head (nozzles) automatically
to prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the POWER lamp is
turned off, the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, make sure that the POWER lamp is not lit.
Important
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the
machine's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power
cord.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the machine has not been used for a long
time. We recommend you to use the machine at least once a month.
270
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine
When relocating the machine, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the FINE cartridge left installed in the machine, press the ON button to turn off the power. This
allows the machine to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the machine or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the machine.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the machine, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to
keep the machine with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the machine off.
2. Confirm that the POWER lamp is off and unplug the power cord.
Important
• Do not unplug the machine while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction
or damage to the machine, making the machine unable to print.
3. Retract the paper output support with the output tray extension closed.
4. Close the front cover.
5. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the machine, then unplug the power
cord from the machine.
6. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the machine to keep them from opening
during transportation. Then pack the machine in the plastic bag.
7. Attach the protective material to the machine when packing the machine in the box.
Important
• We recommend to hold and carry out this machine as shown in the figure below. If you hold the
front cover or the cassette, it may fall out of the machine.
271
272
Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images
It may be unlawful to make copies of, scan, print, or use reproductions of the following documents.
The list provided is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Paper money
Money orders
Certificates of deposit
Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Identifying badges or insignias
Selective service or draft papers
Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
Traveler's checks
Food stamps
Passports
Immigration papers
Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
Stock certificates
Copyrighted works/works of art without permission of copyright owner
273
Specifications
General Specifications
Printing resolution (dpi)
4800* (horizontal) x 1200 (vertical)
* Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1/4800 inch at minimum.
Interface
USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *1
LAN Port:
Wireless LAN: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b *2
*1 A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since
the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can
be used at USB 1.1.
*2 Setup possible through Standard setup, WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), WCN
(Windows Connect Now) or Cableless setup.
USB and LAN can be used at the same time.
Print width
8 inches/203.2 mm
(for Borderless Printing: 8.5 inches/216 mm)
Operating environment
Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment
Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply
AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption
Printing (Copy): Approx. 7 W
Standby (minimum): Approx. 0.9 W *1*2
OFF: Approx. 0.3 W *1
*1 USB connection to PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions
Approx. 17.2 (W) x 11.7 (D) x 7.5 (H) inches
Approx. 435 (W) x 295 (D) x 189 (H) mm
* With the Front Cover retracted.
Weight
Approx. 13.0 lb (Approx. 5.9 kg)
* With the FINE Cartridges installed.
Canon FINE Cartridge
Total 1280 nozzles (BK 320 nozzles, C/M/Y each 320 nozzles)
274
ADF capacity
A4 or Letter size: max. 20 sheets (20 lb/75 g /m2 paper), up to 0.08 inch/2 mm
in height
Legal size: max. 5 sheets (20 lb/75 g /m2 paper), up to 0.02 inch/0.5 mm in
height
Copy Specifications
Multiple copy
max. 99 pages
Intensity adjustment
9 positions, Auto intensity (AE copy)
Reduction / Enlargement
25 % - 400 % (1 % unit)
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver
Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Mac OS: ICA
Maximum scanning size
Platen Glass: A4/Letter, 8.5" x 11.7"/216 x 297 mm
ADF: A4/Letter/Legal, 8.5" x 14.0"/216 x 356 mm
Scanning resolution
Optical resolution (horizontal x vertical) max: 600 x 1200 dpi *1
Interpolated resolution max: 19200 x 19200 dpi *2
*1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
*2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning
area.
Gradation (Input / Output)
Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
Color: 48 bit/24 bit (RGB each 16 bit/8 bit)
Fax Specifications
Applicable line
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
Communication mode
Super G3, G3
Data compressing system
Black: MH, MR, MMR
Color: JPEG
Modem speed
max. 33.6 kbps
(Automatic fallback)
Transmission speed
Black: Approx. 3 seconds/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Color: Approx. 1 minute/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on Canon COLOR FAX TEST SHEET.)
Gradation
Black: 256 levels
Color: 24 bit Full Color (RGB each 8 bit)
275
Density adjustment
3 levels
Memory
Transmission/reception: approx. 50 pages
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Fax resolution
Black Standard: 203 pels/inch x 98 lines/inch (8 pels/mm x 3.85 lines/mm)
Black Fine, Photo: 203 pels/inch x 196 lines/inch (8 pels/mm x 7.70 lines/mm)
Black Extra fine: 300 x 300 dpi
Color: 200 x 200 dpi
Dialing
Automatic dialing
- Recipient (max. 20 destinations)
- Group dial (max. 19 destinations)
Regular dialing (with Numeric buttons)
Automatic redialing
Manual redialing (max. 10 destinations)
Others
Activity report (after every 20 transactions)
Sequential broadcasting (max. 21 destinations)
Rejected numbers (max. 10 destinations)
Network Specifications
Communication protocol
TCP/IP
Wireless LAN
Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz
Channel: 1-11 or 1-13
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WEP (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
Standard setup
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
WCN (WCN-NET)
Cableless setup
Other Features: Administration password
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
276
Windows
Operating System
Windows 8.1*, Windows 8
Windows 7, Windows 7 SP1
Windows Vista SP1, Windows Vista SP2
Windows XP SP3 32-bit only
* Windows 8.1 includes Windows 8.1 Update.
Browser
Internet Explorer 8 or later
Hard Disk Space
3 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Display
XGA 1024 x 768
Mac OS
Operating System
Mac OS X v10.7.5 or later
Browser
Safari 5 or later
Hard Disk Space
1.5 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Display
XGA 1024 x 768
Other Supported OS
Some functions may not be available with each OS. Refer to the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS,
Android, and Windows RT.
Mobile Printing Capability
Apple AirPrint
Google Cloud Print
PIXMA Cloud Link
• An internet connection is required to use all the Online Manual.
• Windows: Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8.1, Windows 8,
Windows 7, Windows Vista or Windows XP pre-installed.
• Windows: A CD-ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation.
• Windows: Internet Explorer 8, 9, 10 or 11 is required to install Easy-WebPrint EX.
• Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.
• Windows: .NET Framework 4 or 4.5 must be installed to use the Windows software.
• Windows: XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP.
• Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and requires the
Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system.
• Mac OS: Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended (Journaled) or Mac OS Extended.
• Mac OS: For Mac OS, an internet connection is required during software installation.
277
• In an in-house network environment, the 5222 port must be open. Contact the network
administrator for details.
Information in this guide is subject to change without notice.
278
About the Administrator Password
An administrator password "canon" is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase.
Important
• For security reasons, it is recommended to change the password before you use the printer.
• You can change the password using one of the tools below. (Some tools may not be available
depending on the printer you are using.)
• operation panel of the printer
• IJ Network Tool
• printer information screen displayed on some Canon application software
• When you change the password, use 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters.
• If the password has been changed while you are sharing the printer and you do not know the password,
ask the administrator of the printer you are using.
• The password reverts to the default setting by initializing the printer settings.
279
List of Function for Each Model
MG series
MX series
MB series
E series
P series
iP series
iX series
iB series
PRO series
MG series
Model name Card slot
MG7530F
✓
MG7500
✓
MG7100
✓
MG6730
✓
MG6600
✓
MG6500
✓
MG6400
✓
MG5600
–
MG5500
–
MG3500
–
MG2900
–
MG2500
–
MG2400
–
MX series
Model name Card slot
MX920
–
MX720
–
MX530
–
MX520
–
MX490
–
MX470
–
MX450
–
MX390
–
280
MB series
Model name Card slot
MB5300
–
MB5000
–
MB2300
–
MB2000
–
E series
Model name Card slot
E610
–
E560
–
E480
–
E460
–
E400
–
P series
Model name Card slot
P200
–
iP series
Model name Card slot
iP8700
–
iP2800
–
iP110
–
iX series
Model name Card slot
iX6800
–
iX6700
–
iB series
Model name Card slot
iB4000
–
PRO series
Model name Card slot
PRO-100S
–
281
PRO-10S
–
282
Printing
Printing from a Computer
Printing Using the Operation Panel of the
Machine
Paper setting for Printing
283
Printing from a Computer
Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer Driver)
284
Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer
Driver)
Printing with Easy Setup Basic
Various Printing Methods
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Overview of the Printer Driver
Updating the Printer Driver
285
Printing with Easy Setup
The simple setup procedure for carrying out appropriate printing on this printer is as follows:
1. Check that the printer is turned on
2. Load paper on the printer
3. Select the printer
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print Dialog.
Note
• Click Show Details to switch the Setup window to the detailed display.
4. Select the paper size
For Paper Size, select the paper size to be used.
If necessary, set the number of copies, the pages to be printed, and the orientation.
286
5. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu
6. Select the media type
For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
7. Select the print quality
For Print Quality, select High, Standard, or Draft according to your purpose.
287
Important
• The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile.
8. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document will be printed in accordance with the type and size of the media.
Important
• In the Presets section, click Save Current Settings as Preset... to register the specified settings.
Note
• If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the
printer, an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper setting for
Printing."
For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
288
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
289
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
You can use the following media types on this printer.
Commercially available papers
Media Type in the printer driver
Cassette paper information registered
on the printer
Plain Paper (including recycled
paper)
Plain Paper
Plain paper
Envelopes
Envelope
Envelope
Other Photo Paper
Other Photo Paper
Other Photo
Media name
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.>
Cassette paper information
Media Type in the printer driver
registered on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
PlusGlossyII
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Photo Paper Pro Platinum
ProPlatinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Pro Luster
Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201> Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
Semi-gloss
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-501/GP-601>
Glossy Photo Paper
Glossy
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Matte Photo Paper
Matte
Canon genuine papers (Business Letter Printing)
Media name <Model No.>
Media Type in the printer driver
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper
290
Cassette paper information registered
on the printer
High Res
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Paper Size in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer
US Letter
Letter
US Legal
Legal
A5
A5
A4
A4
JIS B5
B5
4x6
KG/4"x6"
5x7
2L/5"x7"
8 x 10
8"x10"
Envelope #10
Env. Com 10
Envelope DL
Envelope DL
Custom Size
Others
291
Various Printing Methods
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Setting the Stapling Margin
Execute Borderless Printing
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
292
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Collate pages + Reverse Collate pages + Normal
Reverse
The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows:
1. Specify the number of copies to be printed
Specify the number of copies to print from the Copies in the Print Dialog.
2. Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu
3. Check the Collate pages check box when you are specifying multiple copies in the Copies
box
Check the Collate pages check box to print all the pages of a single copy together.
Uncheck this check box to print all pages with the same page number together.
4. Specify the print order
Check Page Order.
When you select Automatic or Reverse, printing starts from the last page.
When you select Normal, printing starts from the first page.
293
5. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the
settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
294
Setting the Stapling Margin
The procedure for setting the margin width and the staple side is as follows:
1. Select Margin from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog
2. Set the margin width and the staple side
If necessary, set the Margin width, and select a stapling position from the Stapling Side list.
Note
• The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin.
3. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified margin width and staple side.
Important
• When borderless printing is enabled, Margin and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are
unavailable.
295
Execute Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it
extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:
Setting Borderless Printing
1. Select the size of the paper for borderless printing
Select "XXX (borderless)" from the Paper Size in the Print Dialog.
2. Select Borderless Printing from the pop-up menu
3. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
296
Important
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
4. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes. Make sure to select a paper size with the
wording "(borderless)" from the Paper Size.
• When borderless printing is enabled, Envelope and High Resolution Paper appear grayed out and
are unavailable in Media Type list of Quality & Media of the pop-up menu in the Print dialog.
• Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the
type of paper used.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
• When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled, you cannot perform borderless printing.
Note
• When Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type menu of the Quality & Media, borderless
printing is not recommended.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
297
Note
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size.
298
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size
The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be
used is as follows:
1. Check the paper size
Check that the Paper Size in the Print Dialog is the same as the paper size that you set in the
application software.
2. Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu
3. Set the print paper size
Check the Scale to fit paper size check box. Then from the Destination Paper Size pop-up menu,
select the paper size that is actually loaded in the printer.
4. If necessary, check the Scale down only check box
When you check this check box, the document will be reduced to fit to the paper size when the
document size is larger than the page size. The document will be printed in the original size when the
document size is smaller than the page size.
5. Complete the setup
299
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size.
300
Scaled Printing
The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows:
1. Select the printer
In the Page Setup Dialog, select your model name from the Format For list.
2. Set scaled printing
Specify the scaling factor in the Scale box, and click OK.
Note
• Depending on the Scale value that you set, an error message may be displayed.
3. Complete the setup
On the Print Dialog, click Print.
When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the Page Setup dialog.
301
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows:
1. Select Layout from the pop-up menu in the Print Dialog
2. Set the number of original you print on one page
In Pages per Sheet, specify the number of page you print on one page.
3. If necessary, set the following items
Layout Direction
To change the page placement order, select an icon from the list.
Border
To print a page border around each document page, select a type of page border.
Reverse page orientation
Select this check box to change the paper orientation.
Flip horizontally
Select this check box to reverse left and right of the document.
302
4. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
303
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Paper Size menu.
Such a paper size is called "custom size."
The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows:
1. Creating a new custom paper size
In the Print Dialog, select Manage Custom Sizes... from Paper Size.
In the Custom Paper Sizes dialog, click +.
Untitled will be added to the list.
2. Setting details about the custom paper size
Double-click Untitled, enter the name of the paper size you want to register, and specify the Width and
Height of the paper for Paper Size.
Select User Defined or your model for Non-Printable Area, and enter the margins.
3. Registering the custom paper size
Click OK.
The custom size is registered.
Important
• If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width
values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a
function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver
to set the values.
Note
• To duplicate the registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to duplicate from the
Custom Paper Sizes list, and click Duplicate.
• To delete a registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to delete from the Custom Paper
Sizes list, and click -.
• If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the
printer, an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper setting for
304
Printing."
For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
• Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
305
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application
Software)
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
306
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
The print quality level can be set in the Custom.
The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows:
1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog
2. Select the print quality
Select Custom for Print Quality.
3. Setting the print quality level
Move the Quality slider to select the print quality level.
4. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the image data is printed with the selected print quality level.
Important
• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
307
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows:
1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog
2. Set grayscale printing
Check the Grayscale Printing check box.
3. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you to print the color
document in monochrome.
Note
• During Grayscale Printing, inks other than black ink may be used as well.
308
Specifying Color Correction
You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.
Normally, the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with
color tints that most people prefer.
When you want to print by using the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data effectively or by
specifying a printing ICC profile from your application software, select ColorSync. When you want to print
by having the printer driver correct the colors, select Canon Color Matching.
The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows:
1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2. Select color correction
Select the item below that matches your purpose.
ColorSync
Perform color correction using ColorSync.
Canon Color Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print with color tints that most people prefer.
3. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document data is printed with the specified color correction.
Important
• Depending on the application software, when a printing ICC profile is specified from that application
software, Canon Color Matching cannot be selected because ColorSync is selected automatically.
• The Quality & Media setting is necessary even when ColorSync or Canon Color Matching is
selected.
Related Topics
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
309
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)
310
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ
from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor.
To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a printing method
that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose.
Color Management
Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently. Color
management (color matching) is a method that manages device-dependent "colors" as a common color
space.
For Mac OS, a color management system called "ColorSync" is built into the operating system.
Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces. Adobe RGB has a wider color space
than sRGB.
ICC profiles convert device-dependent "colors" into a common color space. By using an ICC profile and
carrying out color management, you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color
reproduction area that the printer can express.
Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data
The recommended printing method depends on the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data
or the application software to be used.
There are two typical printing methods.
Check the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data and the application software to be used,
and then select the printing method suited to your purpose.
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color correction function of the printer driver.
• To print using Canon Digital Photo Color
The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer, reproducing colors of the original
image data and producing three-dimensional effects and high, sharp contrasts.
• To print by directly applying editing and touch-up results of an application software
When printing the data, the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light
areas, while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact.
When printing the data, the printer applies fine adjustment results, such as brightness
adjustments made with an application software.
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB effectively.
You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver
so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data.
The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used.
311
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print with color tints that most people
prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color.
When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them, use
a printing ICC profile in the application software, and select settings for color management.
The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows:
1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2. Select color correction
Select Canon Color Matching.
3. Set the other items
From the pop-up menu, select Color Options. If necessary, adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow) and adjust Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast settings.
4. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
312
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the
Application Software)
When you print from Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo Professional, or any application software that
can identify input ICC profiles and allows you to specify such profiles, printer uses the color management
system (ColorSync) built-into Mac OS when printing. The printer prints the editing and touch-up results of
the application software and effectively uses the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image
data.
To use this printing method, use your application software to select color management items and specify an
input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data.
Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself from your application software, be
sure to select color management items from your application software.
For instructions, refer to the manual of the application software you are using.
1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2. Select color correction
Select ColorSync.
You can leave Profile set to Automatic.
Important
• Depending on the application software you use, you may not be able to select setting items other
than ColorSync.
• If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic, the printer will not be able to print with the
correct colors.
3. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
313
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
314
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the
Printer Driver)
Print from an application software that cannot identify or specify input ICC profiles by using the color space
of the input ICC profile (sRGB) found in the data.
1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2. Select color correction
Select ColorSync.
You can leave Profile set to Automatic.
Important
• If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic, the printer will not be able to print with the
correct colors.
3. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Important
• You cannot specify an input ICC profile from the printer driver.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
315
Adjusting Color Balance
You can adjust the color tints when printing.
Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes
the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color
balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so
that the overall colors are more uniform.
No adjustment
Adjust color balance
The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows:
1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2. Adjust color balance
There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the
corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved
to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Complete the setup
316
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document is printed with the adjusted color balance.
Important
• When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality & Media, the color balance (Cyan,
Magenta, Yellow) appear grayed out and are unavailable.
• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) appear
grayed out and are unavailable.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
317
Adjusting Brightness
You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing.
This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate
colors.
The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed.
Light is selected
Normal is selected
Dark is selected
The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows:
1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2. Specify the brightness
Select Light, Normal, or Dark for Brightness. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview
on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the data is printed at the specified brightness.
Important
• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the Brightness appears grayed out and is
unavailable.
318
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
319
Adjusting Intensity
You can dilute (brighten) or intensify (darken) the colors of the overall image data during printing.
The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense
when the image data is printed.
No adjustment
Higher intensity
The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows:
1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2. Adjust intensity
Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies (darkens) the colors, and moving the slider to the left
dilutes (brightens) the colors.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity.
Important
• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the Intensity appears grayed out and is unavailable.
320
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
321
Adjusting Contrast
You can adjust the image contrast during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase
the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images
smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
No adjustment
Adjust the contrast
The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows:
1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2. Adjust the contrast
Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast, and moving the slider to the left decreases
the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.
Important
• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the Contrast appears grayed out and is unavailable.
322
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
323
Overview of the Printer Driver
Canon IJ Printer Driver
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
Page Setup Dialog
Print Dialog
Quality & Media
Color Options
Borderless Printing
Margin
Canon IJ Printer Utility
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility
Maintenance of this Printer
Display the Printing Status Screen
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
324
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your computer for
printing data with this printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific
model you are using.
Using Help of the Printer Driver
You can display Help function from the Print Dialog.
Select a setup item from the pop-up menu in the Print dialog. Then click
screen to display an explanation of the item.
at the bottom left of the
Help for the printer driver is displayed when the following pop-up menu item is selected:
•
•
•
•
Quality & Media
Color Options
Borderless Printing
Margin
325
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software you are using.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1. Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
The Page Setup Dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1. Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
The Print Dialog opens.
326
Page Setup Dialog
In the Page Setup dialog, you configure the basic print settings such as the size of paper loaded in the
printer or the scaling ratio.
To open the Page Setup dialog, you typically select Page Setup... from the File menu of your application
software.
Settings
Click the pop-up menu, and then select the following items:
Page Attributes
Set the paper size or scaled printing.
Save as Default
You can save the attributes of the displayed page as the default settings.
Format For
Select the model to be used for printing.
Paper Size
Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.
To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....
Orientation
Select the print orientation.
Scale
Set the scaling percentage.
You can expand or reduce the size of the document when printing.
327
Print Dialog
In the Print dialog, you can set paper type and print quality to start printing.
To open the Print dialog, you typically select Print... from the File menu of your application software.
Printer
Select the model to be used for printing.
When you click Add Printer..., a dialog for specifying the printer opens.
Presets
You can save or delete the settings of the Print dialog.
Note
• You can select Show Presets... to check the print settings that are set in the Print dialog.
Copies
You can set the number of copies to be printed.
Note
• You can set collated printing by choosing Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.
Pages
You can set the range of pages to be printed.
Paper Size
Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.
To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....
Orientation
Select the print orientation.
Pop-up Menu
You can switch between pages in the Print dialog by the pop-up menu. The first menu to appear differs
depending on the application software that opened the Print dialog.
You can choose one of the following items from the pop-up menu.
Layout
You can set page layout printing.
Use Reverse page orientation to change the paper orientation, and use Flip horizontally to print
a mirror image of the document.
328
Color Matching
You can select the color correction method.
Paper Handling
You can set the pages to be printed on paper and the print order.
Cover Page
You can output cover pages both before and after a document.
Quality & Media
You can set basic print settings that match the printer.
Color Options
You can adjust the print colors as you desire.
Borderless Printing
You can adjust the amount of document that extends off the paper when performing borderless
printing.
Margin
You can set the stapling side and the stapling margin.
Supply Levels
A rough indication of the remaining ink level is displayed.
PDF
You can save a document in PDF (Portable Document Format) format.
329
Quality & Media
This dialog allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the paper type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items in this dialog.
Media Type
Select the type of media to be used.
You must select the type of media actually loaded in the printer. This selection enables the printer to
carry out printing properly for the material of the media used.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
Print Quality
Select the one that is closest to the original document type and the purpose.
When one of the radio buttons is selected, the appropriate quality will be set automatically.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this radio button to specify a quality.
Quality
When you select Custom in Print Quality, you can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality
level.
Grayscale Printing
Set grayscale printing. Grayscale printing refers to the function of converting your document to
grayscale data in the printer to print it in monochrome.
When you check the check box, both monochrome and color documents will be printed in monochrome.
When printing a color document, be sure to uncheck the check box.
330
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
331
Color Options
This dialog allows you to adjust the print color as you like. If the color of the printed image is not as
expected, adjust the properties in the dialog and retry printing.
The adjustments made here do not affect the colors of the original print data unlike application software
dedicated to image processing. Use this dialog just to make fine adjustments.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
As you adjust each item, the effects are reflected in the color and brightness.
Sample Type
Select an image that you want to display as a sample.
If necessary, select one from Standard, Landscape, or Graphics, whichever is most similar to the print
results.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
When you want to display the sample image with a color pattern, check this check box.
When you want to display the sample image with one that you selected with Sample Type, uncheck
this check box.
Note
• When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked in the Quality & Media, the graphic is
displayed in monochrome.
Color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow)
If necessary, adjust the strength of each color. To strengthen a color, drag the slider to the right. To
weaken a color, drag the slider to the left.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Adjusting the color balance will result in variations in the balance among the volumes of the individual
color inks and hence in the hues of the document as a whole.
Use the printer driver only when adjusting the color balance slightly. To change the color balance
significantly, use the application software.
332
Brightness
Select the brightness of printed images.
You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. You can change the contrast of the colors
between white and black.
Intensity
Select this method to adjust the overall density of your print.
To increase the overall intensity, drag the slider to the right. To decrease the overall intensity, drag the
slider to the left.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Contrast
The Contrast function changes the differences between light and dark in images during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct,
increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of
images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Important
• When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality & Media, the color balance (Cyan,
Magenta, Yellow) appear grayed out and are unavailable.
• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow),
Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Intensity
Adjusting Contrast
333
Borderless Printing
This dialog allows you to adjust the amount of the document that extends off the paper when borderless
printing is performed.
Amount of Extension
Use the Amount of Extension slider to adjust the amount of the document that extends off the paper.
Moving the slider to the right makes the amount larger and moving the slider to the left makes the
amount smaller.
Related Topic
Execute Borderless Printing
334
Margin
This dialog allows you to set the stapling side and amount of margin for stapling multiple sheets of paper.
Margin
Specify the amount of margin space for stapling the paper. Enter a value between 0 inch (0 mm) to 1.2
inches (30 mm).
Stapling Side
Specify the stapling side.
Long-side stapling (Left) / Long-side stapling (Right)
Select this option to staple the long side of the paper.
Choose left or right.
Short-side stapling (Top) / Short-side stapling (Bottom)
Select this option to staple the short side of the paper.
Choose top or bottom.
Related Topic
Setting the Stapling Margin
335
Canon IJ Printer Utility
The Canon IJ Printer Utility allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
What You Can Do with the Canon IJ Printer Utility
You can switch between pages in Canon IJ Printer Utility by the pop-up menu. You can choose one of the
following items from the pop-up menu.
Cleaning
Clean the printer to clear up clogged print head nozzle.
Test Print
Execute a test print to check the condition of the print head nozzle and to adjust the print head
position.
Power Settings
Operate the power of this printer from the printer driver.
Ink Level Information
Check the remaining ink levels.
Ink Cartridge Settings
Selects the FINE cartridge you use for printing.
Quiet Settings
You can reduce the operating noise of the printer.
Custom Settings
Change the settings of this printer.
Note
• To operate the Canon IJ Printer Utility, you must first turn on the printer.
• Depending on the items selected, the computer communicates with the printer to obtain information.
If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, an error message may be displayed.
If this happens, click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
336
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used
Managing the Printer Power
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
337
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility
To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility, follow the steps below.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan)
2. Start the Canon IJ Printer Utility
Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies....
Click Open Printer Utility in Utility tab.
Canon IJ Printer Utility is launched.
338
Maintenance of this Printer
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used
Managing the Printer Power
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
339
Display the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen
• If the print data has been sent to the printer
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
(the printer icon) displayed on the Dock.
• If the print data has not been sent to the printer
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan).
To display the printing status screen, select the name of your printer model from the printer list,
and then click Open Print Queue....
2. Checking the printing status
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
• If you are using OS X Mavericks v10.9 or OS X Mountain Lion v10.8
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
• If you are using OS X Lion v10.7
340
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Displays the print job information.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
Note
• Depending on your model, the printer icon display may be different.
341
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan)
2. Select your model, and then click Open Print Queue...
The print status check screen appears.
3. Select the unnecessary print job and click
(
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
342
Delete)
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• When you set up the Page Setup dialog, be sure to begin by selecting the model you are using from
the Format For list. If you select another printer, printing may not be performed properly.
• If the Canon IJ Printer Utility does not display the remaining ink level in the Ink Level Information,
check whether the FINE cartridge is properly installed.
• When the Canon IJ Printer Utility displays the Ink Level Information, close the paper output cover of
the printer.
• The following functions cannot be used in Mac OS, though they can be used in Windows computers.
◦ Duplex Printing
◦ Booklet Printing
◦ Tiling/Poster Printing
• Depending on the application software that you are using, a preview may not be displayed on the left
side of the Print dialog.
• Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing.
• Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running.
• If you connect this printer and AirPort with a USB cable and print, you must install the latest AirPort
firmware.
• If you are using OS X Mavericks v10.9, close the print status check window when you perform printer
maintenance from the Canon IJ Printer Utility.
Notes on Adding a Printer
• If you will be installing the Canon printer driver on Mac OS and using the printer through a network
connection, you can select Bonjour or Canon IJ Network in the Add (Add Printer) dialog.
Canon recommends you to use Canon IJ Network for printing.
If Bonjour is selected, remaining ink level messages may differ from those indicated by Canon IJ
Network.
343
Updating the Printer Driver
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
Before Installing the Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver
344
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver, unresolved problems may be solved.
You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model.
Important
• You can download the printer driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Related Topics
Before Installing the Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver
345
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
A Canon IJ Printer that you no longer use can be deleted from the printer list.
Before deleting the Canon IJ Printer, disconnect the cable that connects the printer to the computer.
The procedure to delete the unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the printer list is as follows:
You cannot delete the Canon IJ Printer unless you are logged in as a user with the administrative right. For
information about an administrative user, refer to the user's manual for the Mac OS.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan)
2. Delete the Canon IJ Printer from the printer list
From the printer list, select the Canon IJ Printer to be deleted, and then click -.
Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.
Note
• Even if a Canon IJ Printer is deleted from the printer list, you can re-register it automatically by
connecting the printer and your computer with a USB cable.
346
Before Installing the Printer Driver
This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver. You should also
refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed.
Checking the Personal Computer Settings
• Terminate all running applications.
• Log on as a user who has the administrator account. The installer will prompt you to enter the name
and password of the administrative user. When multiple users are using Mac OS, log on with the
account of the administrator who registered first.
Important
• When you upgrade Mac OS, all printer drivers that were installed will be deleted.
If you plan to continue using this printer, re-install the latest printer driver.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver
347
Installing the Printer Driver
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model.
The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows:
1. Mount the disk
Double-click the disk image file you have downloaded.
The file is unpacked, and then the disk is mounted.
2. Start the installer
Double-click "PrinterDriver_XXX_YYY.pkg" (where "XXX" is your model name, and "YYY" is version)
contained in the disk.
3. Start the installation
Install the printer driver according to the messages on the screen.
When the Software License Agreement is displayed, check the contents, and click Continue. If you do
not agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, you cannot install this software.
4. Selecting the install destination
If necessary, select where you want to install the printer driver, and then click Continue.
5. Executing the installation
Click Install.
When the authentication screen is displayed, enter the name and password of the administrator, and
then click Install Software.
6. Complete the installation
When the completion message appears, click Close.
The printer driver is installed successfully.
Important
• If the Installer does not operate properly, select Quit Installer from the Installer menu of the Finder to
quit the Installer. Then start the Installer again.
• You can download the printer driver for free, but you are responsible for paying any connection fees to
the Internet.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
Before Installing the Printer Driver
348
Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper
349
Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper
You can print a template form such as lined paper, graph paper, or checklist, etc. on A4, B5, or Letter-sized
plain paper.
Printable template forms
Printing template forms
Printable template forms
The following templates are available:
• Notebook paper
You can select three line spacing formats.
Setting on the LCD:
◦ Notebook paper 1: 8 mm spacing
◦ Notebook paper 2: 7 mm spacing
◦ Notebook paper 3: 6 mm spacing
Note
• You cannot print Notebook paper on B5 sized paper.
• Graph paper
You can select two square sizes.
Setting on the LCD:
◦ Graph paper 1: Graph 5 mm
◦ Graph paper 2: Graph 3 mm
Note
• You cannot print Graph paper on B5 sized paper.
• Checklist
You can print a notepad with checkboxes.
Setting on the LCD:
Checklist
350
• Staff paper
You can print staff paper with 10 or 12 staves.
Setting on the LCD:
◦ Staff paper 1: 10 staves
◦ Staff paper 2: 12 staves
• Handwriting paper
You can print handwriting paper.
Setting on the LCD:
Handwriting paper
• Weekly schedule
You can print a weekly schedule form.
Setting on the LCD:
Weekly schedule
• Monthly schedule
You can print a monthly schedule form.
Setting on the LCD:
Monthly schedule
Printing template forms
Print template form following the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load A4, B5, or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
4. Use the
button to select Template print, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select the template you want to print, then press the OK button.
Printable template forms
351
6. Use the
button to specify the paper size, then press the OK button.
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
7. Make sure that Plain paper is selected, then press the OK button.
8. Use the
(-)
(+) button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies.
9. Press the OK button to start printing.
Note
• You can also press the Color button or Black button to start printing.
352
Paper setting for Printing
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette, you can prevent the machine from
misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the
loaded paper differs from the print settings.
• When you insert the cassette with paper loaded:
The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed.
Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.
Press the OK button, then register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.
Important
• For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on
the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
• For copying, specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper
information.
Note
• Depending on the registered cassette paper information, the screen to confirm if you apply the
registered information to the paper settings for copying is displayed. If you select Yes, the
information is applied to the paper settings for copying.
• When the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information
registered to the machine:
Ex:
◦ Paper setting for printing or copying: B5
◦ Cassette paper information registered to the machine: A4
353
When you start printing or copying, a message is displayed.
Confirm the message, then press the OK button. When the screen to select the operation is displayed,
select one of the operations below.
Note
• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.
Use cass. settings
Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper
information registered to the machine is A4, the machine starts printing or copying with B5 on the
paper loaded in the cassette.
Replace the paper
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette.
For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper
information registered to the machine is A4, you load B5 sized paper in the cassette before you
start printing or copying.
The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and
inserting the cassette. Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in
the cassette.
Note
• If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine, press the Back button when
the screen to select the operation is displayed. When the previous screen is displayed, confirm the
paper size and the media type, then register them to the machine.
• For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on
the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
354
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying. Change the paper
settings, then try printing again.
Important
• About the default setting for displaying the message which prevents misprinting:
The default setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the
machine and when you print using the printer driver.
• When you print or copy from the operation panel of the machine, the message which prevents
misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting for printing or copying using the operation panel of the machine:
Cassette settings
• When you print using the printer driver, the message which prevents misprinting is disabled by
default.
To change the setting for printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
• When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:
The machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and
the cassette paper information registered to the machine are different.
355
Copying
Making Copies
Reducing or Enlarging a Copy
Basic
About Special copy Menu
Collated Copying
356
Making Copies
This section describes the basic procedure to perform standard copying.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Press the COPY button.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
4. Load the original document on the platen glass or in the ADF.
5. Confirm the page size and magnification.
1. Magnification
2. Page size
Note
• To change or confirm the page size, magnification, or other settings, press the Menu button, then
use the
button to display the desired setting item.
Setting Items for Copying
• Press the COPY button to reset the magnification to 100%.
6. Use the
(-)
(+) button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies.
7. Press the Color button for color copying, or the Black button for black & white copying.
The machine starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after copying is complete.
Important
• If you load the original on the platen glass, do not open the document cover or remove the original
while Scanning... is displayed on the screen.
• If you load the original in the ADF, do not move the original until copying is complete.
Note
• To cancel copying, press the Stop button.
• If you load the original on the platen glass, you can add the copying job while printing.
357
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
If you load the original on the platen glass, you can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).
The screen below is displayed when you can reserve copy.
Load the original on the platen glass and press the same button (the Color button or the Black button) as
the one which you previously pressed.
Important
• When you load the original on the platen glass, move the document cover gently.
Note
• When Print quality is set High, or you load the original in the ADF, you cannot add the copying job.
• When you add the copying job, the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media
type cannot be changed.
• If you press the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method to
cancel copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reserv. then press the OK button, you can
cancel copying all scanned data. If you select Cancel last reserv., then press the OK button, you
can cancel the last copying job.
• If you set a document of too many pages to reserve copy, Memory is full may appears on the LCD.
Press the OK button and wait a while, then try copying again.
• If Try again appears on the LCD when scanning, press the OK button, then press the Stop button to
cancel copying. After that, copy the documents that have not been finished copying.
358
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as the page size, media type, and intensity.
Press the Menu button, use the
Use the
button to select a setting item, then press the OK button.
button to adjust each setting item, then press the OK button. The next setting item is
displayed.
The LCD returns to the Copy standby screen when all the settings are complete.
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting items or the copy
menu.
• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if the machine is turned off.
• Enlarge/Reduce
Select the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing or Enlarging a Copy
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed under the following conditions.
• When standard copying is selected
• When Borderless copy is selected for Special copy
• Copy intensity
Change the intensity.
Ex:
Note
• If you select Auto adjust, load the original on the platen glass.
• If you select Manual adjust, use the
increase it.
button to decrease the intensity or the
• Page size
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
Ex:
359
button to
Note
• Some of setting items are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Media type
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
Ex:
• Print quality
Select the print quality according to the original.
Ex:
Note
• If you use Draft with the media type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected,
select Standard or High and try copying again.
• Select High to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or
white.
• 4-on-1 layout
Select the layout when copying four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image.
Four different layouts are available.
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed only when 4-on-1 copy is selected for Special copy.
Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page
• Collate
Select whether to obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi-paged original.
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed when standard copying is selected.
360
Reducing or Enlarging a Copy
You can specify the magnification optionally or select the preset-ratio copying or fit-to-page copying.
button to select Enlarge/Reduce, then press the
In the copy mode, press the Menu button, use the
OK button.
Use the
button to select the reduction/enlargement method, then press the OK button.
Ex:
Note
• Some of the reduction/enlargement methods are not available depending on the copy menu.
• Preset ratio
You can select one of the preset ratios to reduce or enlarge copies.
Use the
button to select a preset ratio to match the size of your original document and printing
paper, then press the OK button.
• Magnification
You can specify the copy ratio as a percentage to reduce or enlarge copies.
Use the
(-)
(+) button or the Numeric buttons to specify the reduction or enlargement ratio (25 400%), then press the OK button.
Note
• Press and hold the
repeat.
(-)
(+) button to quickly advance through the ratios. For details, see Key
• Fit to page
The machine automatically reduces or enlarges the image to fit the page size.
Note
• When you select Fit to page, the size of your original document may not be detected correctly
depending on the original. In this case, select Preset ratio or Magnification.
• When Fit to page is selected, load the original on the platen glass.
361
About Special copy Menu
The following menus are selectable in the Special copy menu.
• Frame erase copy
When copying thick originals such as books, you can make a copy without black margins around the
image and gutter shadows.
Copying Thick Originals Such as Books
• Borderless copy
You can copy images so that they fill the entire page without borders.
Copying without Borders
• 2-on-1 copy
You can copy two original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image.
Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page
• 4-on-1 copy
You can copy four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image.
Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page
Note
• In addition to the copying method in the Special copy menu, the methods below are available.
• You can specify the magnification optionally or select the preset-ratio copying or fit-to-page
copying.
Reducing or Enlarging a Copy
• You can obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi-paged original.
Collated Copying
362
Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page
You can copy two original pages or a two sided page onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Press the COPY button.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu button.
The Copy menu screen is displayed.
5. Use the
button to select Special copy, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select 2-on-1 copy, then press the OK button.
If a page size setting or a media type setting that cannot be used in 2-on-1 copying is selected, the LCD
displays the following message.
1. Use the
button to select the page size, then press the OK button.
2. Use the
button to select the media type, then press the OK button.
7. Load the original document on the platen glass or in the ADF.
8. Use the
(-)
(+) button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies.
Change the print settings as necessary.
Setting Items for Copying
9. Press the Color button for color copying, or the Black button for black & white copying.
• When the document has been loaded on the platen glass:
When the machine finishes scanning the first page, the message below is displayed.
If you have the next page to scan, load it on the platen glass and press the OK button. The
machine starts copying.
363
If you do not need more scanning, press the Tone button to start copying. The machine starts
copying.
Note
• You can add the copying job while printing.
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
• When the document has been loaded in the ADF:
The machine starts scanning the next sheet of document automatically after one sheet of
document finishes being scanned.
Note
• If Memory is full appears on the LCD when scanning, set the print quality to Standard or reduce the
number of sheets of documents, then try copying again. If the problem is not resolved, set the print
quality to Draft and try copying again.
364
Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page
You can copy four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image. Four different
layouts are available.
• When Layout 1 is selected for 4-on-1 layout:
• When Layout 2 is selected for 4-on-1 layout:
• When Layout 3 is selected for 4-on-1 layout:
• When Layout 4 is selected for 4-on-1 layout:
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Press the COPY button.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu button.
The Copy menu screen is displayed.
5. Use the
button to select Special copy, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select 4-on-1 copy, then press the OK button.
If a page size setting or a media type setting that cannot be used in 4-on-1 copying is selected, the LCD
displays the following message.
365
1. Use the
button to select the page size, then press the OK button.
2. Use the
button to select the media type, then press the OK button.
7. Specify the print settings and the layout.
Press the Menu button, then use the
button to select a setting item.
Select 4-on-1 layout, press the OK button, then select the layout.
Setting Items for Copying
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
8. Load the original document on the platen glass or in the ADF.
9. Use the
(-)
(+) button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies.
10. Press the Color button for color copying, or the Black button for black & white copying.
• When the document has been loaded on the platen glass:
When the machine finishes scanning the first to the third page, the message below is displayed.
If you have the next page to scan, load it on the platen glass and press the OK button. The
machine starts copying.
If you do not need more scanning, press the Tone button to start copying. The machine starts
copying.
Note
• You can add the copying job while printing.
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
• When the document has been loaded in the ADF:
The machine starts scanning the next page automatically after a page finishes being scanned.
Note
• If Memory is full appears on the LCD when scanning, set the print quality to Standard or reduce the
number of sheets of documents, then try copying again. If the problem is not resolved, set the print
quality to Draft and try copying again.
366
Copying Thick Originals Such as Books
When copying thick originals such as books, you can make a copy without black margins around the image
and gutter shadows. Using this function, you can reduce unnecessary ink consumption.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Press the COPY button.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu button.
The Copy menu screen is displayed.
5. Use the
button to select Special copy, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select Frame erase copy, then press the OK button.
7. Load the original document on the platen glass.
Note
• When you use this function, load the original on the platen glass.
8. Use the
(-)
(+) button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies.
Change the print settings as necessary.
Setting Items for Copying
9. Press the Color button for color copying, or the Black button for black & white copying.
The machine starts copying.
Note
• Close the document cover.
• There may be a narrow black margin that appears around the image. This function removes the dark
margins only. If a scanned book is too thin or when the machine is used near a window or in a bright
environment, a faint black frame may remain. Also, if the color of an original is dark, the machine cannot
distinguish the document color from the shadow and this may cause slight cropping or a shadow on the
crease.
367
Copying without Borders
You can copy images so that they fill the entire page without borders.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load the photo paper.
3. Press the COPY button.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu button.
The Copy menu screen is displayed.
5. Use the
button to select Special copy, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select Borderless copy, then press the OK button.
If a page size setting or a media type setting that cannot be used in borderless copying is selected, the
LCD displays the following message.
1. Use the
button to select the page size, then press the OK button.
2. Use the
button to select the media type, then press the OK button.
7. Load the original document on the platen glass.
Note
• When you use this function, load the original on the platen glass.
8. Use the
(-)
(+) button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies.
Change the print settings as necessary.
Setting Items for Copying
9. Press the Color button for color copying, or the Black button for black & white copying.
The machine starts borderless copying.
368
Note
• Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page. You
can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed. However, the
cropped area will be larger if the extension amount is large.
For details:
Extended copy amt.
• For details on the paper size and the media type available for borderless copying:
Printing Area
369
Collated Copying
When you select ON for Collate on Copy menu, you can obtain sorted printouts when making multiple
copies of a multi-paged original. In addition, you can copy originals on both sides of paper.
• When ON is selected:
• When OFF is selected:
Note
• When you use this function, load the original in the ADF.
• The number of pages the machine can read varies with the original. If Memory is full appears on the
LCD when scanning, reduce the number of original pages to scan and try copying again.
370
Scanning
Scanning from a Computer
Scanning from the Operation Panel of the
Machine
371
Scanning from a Computer
Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
Scanning with Scanner Driver
Useful Information on Scanning
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
372
Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?
Starting IJ Scan Utility
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basic
Scanning Documents
Scanning Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch)
Scanning Multiple Items at One Time
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document
Feeder)
Saving after Checking Scan Results
Sending Scanned Images via E-mail
Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR)
IJ Scan Utility Screens
373
What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?
IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents, photos, etc.
You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ
Scan Utility main screen.
What You Can Do with IJ Scan Utility
Scan Easily according to Purposes
You can scan by simply clicking an icon such as Auto to scan easily, Document to sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, or Photo to scan with settings suitable for photos,
according to the item type or your purpose.
Note
• Refer to "IJ Scan Utility Main Screen" for details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved in a preset folder. You can change the folder as required.
Note
• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
• Refer to "Settings Dialog" for how to specify a folder.
Integrate with Applications
You can utilize scanned images through integration with other applications; display scanned images in
your favorite application, attach them to e-mails, extract text from images, and more.
374
Important
• Some functions are available only when My Image Garden is installed.
Note
• Refer to "Settings Dialog" for how to set the applications to integrate with.
375
Starting IJ Scan Utility
Note
• If you have more than one scanner or have changed the connection from USB connection to network
connection, set up the network environment from IJ Scan Utility.
Network Scan Settings
From the Go menu of Finder, select Applications, then double-click the Canon Utilities folder, IJ Scan
Utility folder, and then Canon IJ Scan Utility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility.
376
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan
You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type.
Important
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames
(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main
screen and scan again.
•
•
•
•
Photos that have a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written documents, business cards, etc.
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), place documents of
the same size.
1. Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
2. Place items on the platen or ADF of your scanner or printer.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
3. Start IJ Scan Utility.
4. Click Auto.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
• To apply suitable corrections based on the item type, click Settings..., then select the Apply
recommended image correction checkbox in the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog.
• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog displayed
by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog, you can also make advanced scan settings.
• Refer to the following pages to scan by specifying the item type.
Scanning Photos
Scanning Documents
Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
377
Scanning Documents
You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents.
1. Place the item on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. Click Settings..., then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Document Scan)
dialog as required.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog
displayed by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Document Scan) dialog, you can also make
advanced scan settings.
378
Scanning Photos
You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos.
1. Place the photo on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. Click Settings..., then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Photo Scan)
dialog as required.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Photo.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog displayed
by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog, you can also make advanced scan
settings.
379
Scanning with Favorite Settings
You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand.
This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings..., then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Custom Scan)
dialog as required.
When setting is completed, click OK.
Note
• Once the settings are made, you can scan with the same settings from the next time.
3. Place the item on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
4. Click Custom.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog
displayed by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog, you can also make advanced
scan settings.
380
Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch)
You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one
image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported.
Note
• The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings..., then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Scan and Stitch)
dialog as required.
When setting is completed, click OK.
3. Click Stitch.
The Image Stitch window appears.
4. In Select Output Size, select an output size according to the paper size.
5. Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction.
381
6. Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face-down on the platen.
7. Click Start Scanning Image 1.
The first item is scanned and appears in 1.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
8. Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face-down on the
platen.
382
9. Click Start Scanning Image 2.
The second item is scanned and appears in 2.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
10. Adjust the scanned images as required.
Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in/out, or drag the images to adjust their positions.
Note
• Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved.
383
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
• To scan an item again, select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the
screen, then click
again.
(Delete). The selected image is deleted, allowing you to scan the item
11. Click Save.
The combined image is saved.
Note
• Refer to "Image Stitch Window" for details on the Image Stitch window.
• You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog displayed by clicking
Settings....
384
Scanning Multiple Items at One Time
You can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image
individually.
Important
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames
(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main
screen and scan again.
•
•
•
•
Photos that have a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written documents, business cards, etc.
Thin items
Thick items
Using Auto Scan:
Whether there are multiple items or not is detected automatically. Click Auto in the IJ Scan Utility main
screen and scan.
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan
Not Using Auto Scan:
In the Settings dialog, set Paper Size to Auto scan and scan.
Note
• The screens for scanning with favorite settings are used as examples in the following descriptions.
1. Place the items on the platen.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog appears.
4. Click Custom Scan.
385
5. Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned.
6. Select Auto scan for Paper Size, then click OK.
386
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.
Note
• Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog.
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
7. Click Custom.
Multiple items are scanned at one time.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog displayed
by clicking Settings.... In each Settings dialog, you can also make advanced scan settings.
387
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto
Document Feeder)
Place multiple documents on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) and scan at one time.
Note
• You can scan multiple documents at one time from the ADF when scanning via Auto, Document,
Custom, or Driver.
Refer to "Scanning with Scanner Driver" for how to scan using the scanner driver.
Using Auto Scan:
The item type is detected automatically. Click Auto in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan.
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan
Not Using Auto Scan:
In the Settings dialog, set Select Source to ADF or Auto, and scan.
Note
• The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions.
1. Place the documents on the ADF.
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog appears.
4. Click Document Scan.
388
5. Select Select Source according to the documents to be scanned.
To scan only the front side of each document, select Document (ADF/Platen) or Document (ADF
Simplex).
To scan the front side then the back side of each document, select Document (ADF Manual Duplex).
6. Set the color mode, document size, and scanning resolution as required.
389
Click Document Scan Orientation Settings... to specify the orientation of the documents to be
scanned. In the displayed dialog, you can specify the Orientation and Binding Side. How to place the
documents when scanning the back sides depends on the Binding Side.
When setting is completed, click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.
Note
• Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog.
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
7. Click Document.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
When Document (ADF Manual Duplex) is selected for Select Source, proceed to Step 8.
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to place the documents.
390
Note
• The screens for scanning with Orientation set to Portrait are used as examples in the following
descriptions.
When Long edge is Selected for Binding Side in Document Scan Orientation Settings...:
Place the documents after rotating the output documents 180 degrees.
When Short edge is Selected for Binding Side in Document Scan Orientation Settings...:
Place the documents without changing the orientation of the output documents.
9. Click OK.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
391
• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog displayed
by clicking Settings.... In each Settings dialog, you can also make advanced scan settings.
392
Saving after Checking Scan Results
You can check the scan results, then save the images to a computer.
Important
• You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan or the operation
panel.
Note
• The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog appears.
3. Click Photo Scan.
4. Select the Check scan results checkbox, then click OK.
393
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.
Note
• Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog.
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog
Settings (Driver) Dialog
5. Click Photo.
Scanning starts.
When scanning is completed, the Save Settings dialog appears.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
6. Change the image order or file save options as required.
You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog.
394
Note
• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
7. Click OK.
Scanned images are saved according to the settings.
395
Sending Scanned Images via E-mail
You can send scanned images via e-mail.
Note
• The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog appears.
3. Click Photo Scan.
4. Select Attach to e-mail in Application Settings, then select an e-mail client.
396
Note
• You can add e-mail clients to use for attachments from the pop-up menu.
• If None (Attach Manually) is selected, manually attach scanned and saved images to e-mail.
5. Click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.
Note
• Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog.
397
Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
Settings (Driver) Dialog
6. Click Photo.
Scanning starts.
When scanning is completed, the specified e-mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new
message.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
• The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings dialog.
• When the Check scan results checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog, the Save Settings
dialog appears. After you set the save options and click OK, the scanned images are saved and
automatically attached to a new message of the specified e-mail client.
7. Specify the recipient, enter the subject and message, then send e-mail.
Refer to the manual of your e-mail client for e-mail settings.
398
Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR)
Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in your text editor.
Note
• You can extract text when scanning via Document, Custom, or Driver.
• The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog appears.
3. Click Document Scan.
Note
• For Resolution, only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application
Settings.
4. Select Start OCR for Application Settings, then select the application in which you want
to display the result.
399
Note
• If a compatible application is not installed, the text in the image is extracted and appears in your
text editor.
Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings (General Settings)
dialog. Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan.
• You can add the application from the pop-up menu.
5. Click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.
400
Note
• Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog.
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
Settings (Driver) Dialog
6. Click Document.
Scanning starts.
When scanning is completed, the scanned images are saved according to the settings, and the extracted
text appears in the specified application.
Note
• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
• Text displayed in your text editor is for guidance only. Text in the image of the following types of
documents may not be detected correctly.
• Documents containing text with font size outside the range of 8 points to 40 points (at 300 dpi)
• Slanted documents
• Documents placed upside down or documents with text in the wrong orientation (rotated
characters)
• Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text
• Documents with narrow line spacing
• Documents with colors in the background of text
• Documents containing multiple languages
401
IJ Scan Utility Screens
IJ Scan Utility Main Screen
Settings Dialog
Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog
Settings (Driver) Dialog
Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog
Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog
Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog
Settings (General Settings) Dialog
Network Selection Screen
Save Settings Dialog
Image Stitch Window
402
IJ Scan Utility Main Screen
From the Go menu of Finder, select Applications, then double-click the Canon Utilities folder, IJ Scan
Utility folder, and then Canon IJ Scan Utility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility.
You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon.
Product Name
Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use.
If the displayed product is not the one you want to use, select the desired product from the list.
In addition, for network connection, select one with "Network" after the product name.
Note
• Refer to "Network Scan Settings" for how to set up a network environment.
Auto
Detects the item type automatically and saves them to a computer. The data format for saving will also
be set automatically.
Save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog.
Document
Scans items as documents and saves them to a computer.
Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Document Scan)
dialog.
Photo
Scans items as photos and saves them to a computer.
Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Photo Scan)
dialog.
Custom
Scans items with your favorite settings and saves the images to a computer. The item type can be
automatically detected.
Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Custom Scan)
dialog.
Stitch
Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than
the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image.
Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Scan and Stitch)
dialog.
Driver
Allows you to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning.
Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Driver) dialog.
403
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Settings...
Displays the Settings dialog in which you can specify the scan/save settings and the response after
scanning.
404
Settings Dialog
There are three tabs in the Settings dialog:
(Scanning from a Computer),
(Scanning from the
Operation Panel), and
(General Settings). When you click a tab, the view in the red frame switches and
you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab.
(Scanning from a Computer) Tab
You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden.
Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog
Settings (Driver) Dialog
(Scanning from the Operation Panel) Tab
You can specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel.
Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog
Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog
Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog
405
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, the
Panel) tab does not appear.
(Scanning from the Operation
(General Settings) Tab
You can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect text in
images, and folder in which to save images temporarily.
Settings (General Settings) Dialog
406
Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog
Click Auto Scan on the
(Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog.
In the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings to scan by automatically
detecting the item type.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for Application
Settings do not appear.
Supported Items
Photos, postcards, business cards, magazines, newspapers, documents, and BD/DVD/CD.
Important
• To scan the following types of items, specify the item type and size in the Settings (Document Scan)
dialog, Settings (Photo Scan) dialog, or Settings (Custom Scan) dialog, then click Photo,
Document, or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen. You cannot scan correctly with Auto.
• A4 size photos
• Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such as paperback
pages with the spine cut off
• Items printed on thin white paper
• Long narrow items such as panoramic photos
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
• Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly.
407
Refer to "Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)" for how to place items.
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), place documents of
the same size.
Note
• To reduce moire in scans, set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog or
Settings (Custom Scan) dialog, then click Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
(1) Scan Options Area
Apply recommended image correction
Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.
Important
• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the
checkbox and scan.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
(2) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed dialog and specify the destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
Data Format
Auto is selected. The following data formats are automatically applied according to the item type
when saving.
• Photos, postcards, BD/DVD/CD, and business cards: JPEG
• Magazines, newspapers, and documents: PDF
Important
• The save format may differ depending on how you place the item.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
408
PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving PDF files.
Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
Note
• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the
(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
(3) Application Settings Area
Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to
browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in
Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.
Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.
Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
• To add an application or folder to the pop-up menu, select Add... from the pop-up menu, then click
Add in the displayed dialog and specify the application or folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
409
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
410
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Click Document Scan on the
Scan) dialog.
(Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Document
In the Settings (Document Scan) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as
documents.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden, the setting items for
Application Settings do not appear.
(1) Scan Options Area
Select Source
Select the type of item to be scanned.
• Scanning documents: Document or Document (ADF/Platen)
• Scanning magazines: Magazine
• Scanning documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder): Document (ADF Simplex),
Document (ADF Manual Duplex), or Document (ADF/Platen)
411
Note
• When Document (ADF/Platen) is selected and documents are placed both on the platen and
ADF, those placed on the ADF will be scanned.
Color Mode
Select the color mode in which to scan the item.
Paper Size
Select the size of the item to be scanned.
When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit,
then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK.
Note
• Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings.
Resolution
Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Resolution
Note
• Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings.
Document Scan Orientation Settings...
This appears when you select ADF for Select Source.
Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog in which you can set the orientation
and binding side of the documents to be scanned from the ADF.
Important
• Binding Side cannot be specified when scanning only the front side of each document.
Image Processing Settings
Click
(Right Arrow) to set the following.
412
Note
• The displayed items vary by Select Source and Color Mode.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
Reduce show-through
Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.
Reduce moire
Reduces moire patterns.
Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where
uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots
are scanned.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.
Reduce gutter shadow/Reduce gutter shadow (platen)
Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• This function is available only when scanning from the platen.
Note
• Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when
scanning non-standard size items or specified areas.
Refer to "Gutter Correction" for details.
• When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network
connection.
Correct slanted text document
Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10
degrees) of the document.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be
detected correctly.
• Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary
by line
• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text
• Documents with extremely large or small fonts
413
•
•
•
•
Documents with small amount of text
Documents containing figures/images
Hand-written text
Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables)
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document.
Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image
Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in
the scanned document.
Important
• Only text documents written in the language selected from Document Language in the
Settings (General Settings) dialog are supported.
• The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since
the text cannot be detected correctly.
•
•
•
•
Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi
Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points
Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text
Documents with patterned backgrounds
In that case, select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save
Settings dialog.
(2) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed dialog and specify the destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
Important
• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
414
• When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings, you cannot select PDF or PDF (Multiple
Pages).
Note
• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in
Data Format.
PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving PDF files.
Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.
Important
• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear.
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Important
• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
Important
• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
Note
• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the
(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
415
(3) Application Settings Area
Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to
browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in
Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.
Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.
Start OCR
Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
• To add an application or folder to the pop-up menu, select Add... from the pop-up menu, then click
Add in the displayed dialog and specify the application or folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
416
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog
Click Photo Scan on the
(Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog.
In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for Application
Settings do not appear.
(1) Scan Options Area
Select Source
Photo is selected.
Color Mode
Select the color mode in which to scan the item.
Paper Size
Select the size of the item to be scanned.
When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit,
then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK.
417
Note
• Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings.
Resolution
Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Resolution
Image Processing Settings
Click
(Right Arrow) to set the following.
Important
• When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available.
Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
(2) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed dialog and specify the destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG.
Important
• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
418
Note
• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in
Data Format.
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Important
• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
(3) Application Settings Area
Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to
browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in
Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.
Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.
Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
• To add an application or folder to the pop-up menu, select Add... from the pop-up menu, then click
Add in the displayed dialog and specify the application or folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
419
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
420
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
Click Custom Scan on the
dialog.
(Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Custom Scan)
In the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your
preference.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden, the setting items for
Application Settings do not appear.
(1) Scan Options Area
Select Source
Select the type of item to be scanned. Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set
Color Mode, Paper Size, and Resolution automatically as well.
Important
• Item types supported by Auto are photos, postcards, business cards, magazines, newspapers,
documents, and BD/DVD/CD.
421
• To scan the following types of items, specify the item type or size. You cannot scan correctly with
Auto.
• A4 size photos
• Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such as
paperback pages with the spine cut off
• Items printed on thin white paper
• Long narrow items such as panoramic photos
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
• Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be
scanned correctly.
Refer to "Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)" for how to place items.
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), place
documents of the same size even if Auto is set.
Note
• To convert text in the image into text data after scanning, specify Select Source instead of
selecting Auto.
• To reduce moire, set Select Source to Magazine or select the Reduce moire checkbox in
Image Processing Settings.
Color Mode
Select the color mode in which to scan the item.
Note
• Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto.
Paper Size
Select the size of the item to be scanned.
When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit,
then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK.
Note
• Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto.
• Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the specified
settings to the default settings.
Resolution
Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Resolution
Note
• Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto.
422
• Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings.
Document Scan Orientation Settings...
This appears when you select ADF or Auto for Select Source.
Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog in which you can set the orientation
and binding side of the documents to be scanned from the ADF.
Important
• Binding Side cannot be specified when scanning only the front side of each document.
Image Processing Settings
Click
(Right Arrow) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source.
• When Select Source is Auto:
Apply recommended image correction
Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.
Important
• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case,
deselect the checkbox and scan.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
• When Select Source is Photo:
Important
• When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available.
Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
• When Select Source is Magazine or Document:
Note
• The displayed items vary by Select Source and Color Mode.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability.
423
Important
• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case,
deselect the checkbox and scan.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
Reduce show-through
Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.
Reduce moire
Reduces moire patterns.
Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where
uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine
dots are scanned.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.
Reduce gutter shadow
Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• This function is available only when scanning from the platen.
Note
• Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when
scanning non-standard size items or specified areas.
Refer to "Gutter Correction" for details.
• When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network
connection.
Correct slanted text document
Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10
degrees) of the document.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot
be detected correctly.
• Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles
vary by line
• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text
• Documents with extremely large or small fonts
• Documents with small amount of text
• Documents containing figures/images
• Hand-written text
• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables)
424
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document.
Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image
Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text
in the scanned document.
Important
• Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document
Language in the Settings (General Settings) dialog are supported.
• The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents
since the text cannot be detected correctly.
•
•
•
•
Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi
Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points
Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text
Documents with patterned backgrounds
In that case, select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save
Settings dialog.
(2) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed dialog and specify the destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto.
Important
• When Auto is selected, the save format may differ depending on how you place the item.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
• When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings, you cannot select PDF, PDF (Multiple
Pages), or Auto.
425
Note
• Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select Source.
• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in
Data Format.
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Important
• This appears only when JPEG/Exif or Auto is selected in Data Format.
PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving PDF files.
Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.
Important
• This appears only when PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto is selected in Data Format.
• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear.
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
Important
• This appears only when PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto is selected in Data Format.
Note
• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the
(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.
Important
• This does not appear when Select Source is Auto.
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
(3) Application Settings Area
Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
426
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to
browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in
Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.
Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.
Start OCR
Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
• To add an application or folder to the pop-up menu, select Add... from the pop-up menu, then click
Add in the displayed dialog and specify the application or folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
427
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog
Click Scan and Stitch on the
Stitch) dialog.
(Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Scan and
In the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger
than the platen.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden, the setting items for
Application Settings do not appear.
(1) Scan Options Area
Select Source
Select the type of item to be scanned.
• Scanning photos: Photo
• Scanning documents: Document
• Scanning magazines: Magazine
Note
• To reduce moire, set Select Source to Magazine or select the Reduce moire checkbox in
Image Processing Settings.
428
Color Mode
Select the color mode in which to scan the item.
Resolution
Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Resolution
Image Processing Settings
Click
(Right Arrow) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source.
Important
• When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available.
• When Select Source is Photo:
Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
• When Select Source is Magazine or Document:
Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
Reduce show-through
Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.
Reduce moire
Reduces moire patterns.
Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where
uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine
dots are scanned.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.
(2) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed dialog and specify the destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
429
Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
Important
• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
Note
• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in
Data Format.
PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving PDF files.
Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.
Important
• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear.
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
Important
• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
Note
• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the
(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Important
• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
430
(3) Application Settings Area
Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to
browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in
Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.
Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
• To add an application or folder to the pop-up menu, select Add... from the pop-up menu, then click
Add in the displayed dialog and specify the application or folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
431
Settings (Driver) Dialog
Click Driver on the
(Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Driver) dialog.
In the Settings (Driver) dialog, you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting the
scanner driver from IJ Scan Utility and how to respond after saving them.
(1) Save Settings Area
(2) Application Settings Area
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for Application
Settings do not appear.
(1) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog and specify the
destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
432
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
Note
• When PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected, images up to 9600 pixels x 9600 pixels can be
scanned.
• When the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings, or when Start
OCR is selected in Application Settings, you can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG.
• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in
Data Format.
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Important
• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.
PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving PDF files.
Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.
Important
• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
Important
• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
Note
• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the
(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
Enable large image scans
Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1.8 GB.
433
Important
• When this checkbox is selected, you cannot select Send to an application, Send to a folder,
Attach to e-mail, or Start OCR.
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
Note
• When this checkbox is not selected, images up to 10208 pixels x 14032 pixels can be scanned.
Check scan results
Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.
(2) Application Settings Area
Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to
browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in
Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.
Attach to e-mail
Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.
You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.
Start OCR
Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
• To add an application or folder to the pop-up menu, select Add... from the pop-up menu, then click
Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog and specify the
application or folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
434
Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog
Click Save to PC (Auto) on the
to PC (Auto)) dialog.
(Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings (Save
In the Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) dialog, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a
computer after scanning them from the operation panel by automatically detecting the item type.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
(1) Scan Options Area
Paper Size
Auto is selected.
Resolution
Auto is selected.
Document Scan Orientation Settings...
Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog in which you can set the orientation
of the documents to be scanned from the ADF.
435
Image Processing Settings
Click
(Right Arrow) to set the following.
Apply recommended image correction
Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.
Important
• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
(2) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed dialog and specify the destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
Data Format
Auto is selected. The following data formats are automatically applied according to the item type
when saving.
• Photos, postcards, BD/DVD/CD, and business cards: JPEG
• Magazines, newspapers, and documents: PDF
Important
• The save format may differ depending on how you place the item.
Refer to "Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)" for how to place items.
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving PDF files.
Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
436
Note
• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the
(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
(3) Application Settings Area
Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to
browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in
Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.
Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
• To add an application or folder to the pop-up menu, select Add... from the pop-up menu, then click
Add in the displayed dialog and specify the application or folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
437
Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog
Click Save to PC (Photo) on the
(Save to PC (Photo)) dialog.
(Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings
In the Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) dialog, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a
computer as photos after scanning them from the operation panel.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
(1) Scan Options Area
Paper Size
Set from the operation panel.
Resolution
Set from the operation panel.
Image Processing Settings
Click
(Right Arrow) to set the following.
Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
(2) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
438
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed dialog and specify the destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
Data Format
Set from the operation panel.
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
(3) Application Settings Area
Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to
browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in
Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.
Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
• To add an application or folder to the pop-up menu, select Add... from the pop-up menu, then click
Add in the displayed dialog and specify the application or folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
439
Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog
Click Save to PC (Document) on the
(Save to PC (Document)) dialog.
(Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings
In the Settings (Save to PC (Document)) dialog, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a
computer as documents after scanning them from the operation panel.
(1) Scan Options Area
(2) Save Settings Area
(3) Application Settings Area
(1) Scan Options Area
Paper Size
Set from the operation panel.
Resolution
Set from the operation panel.
Document Scan Orientation Settings...
Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog in which you can set the orientation
of the documents to be scanned from the ADF.
440
Image Processing Settings
Click
(Right Arrow) to set the following.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
Sharpen outline
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
Reduce show-through
Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.
Reduce moire
Reduces moire patterns.
Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where
uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots
are scanned.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.
Reduce gutter shadow (platen)
Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• This function is available only when scanning from the platen.
Note
• When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network
connection.
Correct slanted text document
Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10
degrees) of the document.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be
detected correctly.
• Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary
by line
• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text
• Documents with extremely large or small fonts
• Documents with small amount of text
• Documents containing figures/images
• Hand-written text
441
• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables)
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document.
Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image
Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in
the scanned document.
Important
• Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language
in the Settings (General Settings) dialog are supported.
• The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since
the text cannot be detected correctly.
•
•
•
•
Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi
Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points
Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text
Documents with patterned backgrounds
(2) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed dialog and specify the destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
Data Format
Set from the operation panel.
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
Note
• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the
(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.
442
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
(3) Application Settings Area
Open with an application
Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to an application
Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to
browse or organize images.
You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.
Send to a folder
Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in
Save in.
You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.
Do not start any application
Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Note
• To add an application or folder to the pop-up menu, select Add... from the pop-up menu, then click
Add in the displayed dialog and specify the application or folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
443
Settings (General Settings) Dialog
Click the
(General Settings) tab to display the Settings (General Settings) dialog.
In the Settings (General Settings) dialog, you can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail
attachment, language to detect text in images, and folder in which to save images temporarily.
Important
• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, some options may not appear.
Product Name
Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use.
If the displayed product is not the one you want to use, select the desired product from the list.
In addition, for network connection, select one with "Network" after the product name.
Note
• With network connection, Select appears on the right side of the product name. Click Select to
display the network selection screen in which you can change the scanner to use. Refer to
"Network Scan Settings" for the setting procedure.
E-mail Attachment Size
You can restrict the size of scanned images to be attached to an e-mail.
You can select Small (Suitable for 640 x 480 Windows), Medium (Suitable for 800 x 600 Windows),
Large (Suitable for 1024 x 768 Windows), or No Change.
Document Language
You can select the language for detecting text in images and for use with search when a PDF file that
supports keyword search is created.
444
Folder to Save Temporary Files
Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily. Click Browse... to specify the destination
folder.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Defaults
You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
445
Network Selection Screen
You can select the scanners or printers to be used for scanning or printing over a network from your
computer or the operation panel.
Network Selection Screen
In Product Name in the Settings (General Settings) dialog, select an item with "Network" after the
product name from the list, then click Select that appears to the right of the product name to display the
network selection screen.
Scanners
The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are
displayed.
You can select one scanner or printer per model. Selecting a scanner or printer automatically enables
scanning from the operation panel.
Important
• You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled. Enable Bonjour on your scanner or
printer.
• If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour
service name, reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name
from Scanners.
Instructions
Opens this guide.
Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings
The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears. You can select up to three scanners and
printers in total for scanning from the operation panel. You can scan items using the operation panel
of the selected scanner or printer, and send the scanned images to your computer over a network.
Important
• When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel, that
model does not appear in Scanners and the setting is not available.
Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings Screen
Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings in the network selection screen to display the Scan-fromOperation-Panel Settings screen.
Scanners
The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are
displayed.
You can select up to three scanners and printers in total at the same time.
Important
• You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled. Enable Bonjour on your scanner or
printer.
• If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour
service name, reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name
from Scanners.
446
Note
• If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected, check the
following, click OK to close the screen, then reopen it and try selecting again.
• The scanner driver is installed
• Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver
• Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If your scanner or printer still does not appear, refer to "Problems with Network Communication" for
your model from Home of the Online Manual.
447
Save Settings Dialog
Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog to display the Save
Settings dialog after scanning.
You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results.
Important
• After scanning from My Image Garden or the operation panel, the Save Settings dialog does not
appear.
(1) Preview Operation Buttons
(2) Scan Results Area
(3) Save Settings Area
(1) Preview Operation Buttons
/
(Rotate Left 90°)/(Rotate Right 90°)
Rotates scanned images 90 degrees counter-clockwise or clockwise.
Select the image you want to rotate, then click
(Rotate Left 90°) or
(Rotate Right 90°).
Important
• The preview operation buttons do not appear when the Enable large image scans checkbox is
selected in the Settings (Driver) dialog.
(2) Scan Results Area
Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images. You can change the save order of images via drag-anddrop. The file names for saving appear below the thumbnails.
448
(3) Save Settings Area
File Name
Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are
appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.
Note
• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits
are appended to the set file name.
Save in
Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the popup menu, then click Add in the displayed dialog and specify the destination folder.
The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
Data Format
Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
Important
• You cannot select PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) in the following cases.
• When scanned by clicking Photo in the IJ Scan Utility main screen
• The Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings of the Settings
(Driver) dialog
• Start OCR is selected in Application Settings of the Settings (Document Scan), Settings
(Custom Scan), or Settings (Driver) dialog
• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
Note
• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in
Data Format.
JPEG Image Quality
You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Important
• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.
PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving PDF files.
Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.
Important
• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear.
449
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
Important
• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
Note
• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the
(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
450
Image Stitch Window
Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window.
You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one
image. You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Thumbnail View Area
(4) Preview Area
Note
• The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Output Size
B4 (B5 x 2)
Scans the left and right halves of a B4 size item separately.
A3 (A4 x 2)
Scans the left and right halves of an A3 size item separately.
11 x 17 (Letter x 2)
Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as Letter size separately.
Full Platen x 2
Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as the platen separately.
Scan Direction
Scan from Left
Displays the first scanned image on the left side.
Scan from Right
Displays the first scanned image on the right side.
451
Scan Image 1
Start Scanning Image 1
Scans the first item.
Scan Image 2
Start Scanning Image 2
Scans the second item.
Adjust cropping frames
You can adjust the scan area in preview.
If no area is specified, the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved. If an area
is specified, only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved.
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
452
Save
Save
Saves the two scanned images as one image.
Cancel
Cancels Stitch scan.
(2) Toolbar
You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images.
(Delete)
Deletes the image selected in the Thumbnail View area.
(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image.
Left-clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image.
Control-clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image.
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
(Rotate 180°)
Rotates the preview image 180 degrees.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Thumbnail View Area
Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images. Appears blank if none has been scanned.
(4) Preview Area
Displays the scanned images. You can adjust the layout by dragging the scanned image or check the
results of the settings made in "(1) Settings and Operation Buttons."
453
When no image has been scanned:
After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1:
The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction, and 2 appears next to it.
After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2:
The two scanned images appear.
Related Topic
Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch)
454
Scanning with Scanner Driver
You can scan by starting the scanner driver from various applications.
Refer to Help of Mac OS for how to scan.
Note
• Refer to "Image Corrections and Color Adjustments" for details on the setting procedures for image
correction and color adjustment.
• Refer to "General Notes (Scanner Driver)" for the scanner driver.
• Refer to "Updating the Scanner Driver" for the scanner driver.
• In the Settings (Driver) dialog of IJ Scan Utility, you can also make advanced settings for scanning
with the scanner driver.
455
Image Corrections and Color Adjustments
You can correct images and adjust colors using the scanner driver.
Important
• When image correction or color adjustment is applied to items without moire, dust/scratches, or faded
colors, the color tone may be adversely affected.
• Image correction results are not reflected in the trial scan screen.
Note
• Screens may vary depending on the application.
• Selectable settings depend on Kind settings.
• Scanning may take longer than usual when image correction or color adjustment is applied.
Image Adjustment
When Image Adjustment is set, the brightness of the specified portion of the image is optimized. Images
can be adjusted according to the automatically detected item type or the specified item type. The result
of the adjustment will be reflected in the entire image.
None
Image Adjustment will not be applied.
Auto
Applies Image Adjustment by automatically detecting the item type. It is recommended that you
normally select this setting.
Photo
Applies Image Adjustment suitable for photos.
Magazine
Applies Image Adjustment suitable for magazines.
Document
Applies Image Adjustment suitable for text documents.
456
Note
• If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto, specify the item type.
• The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment. In that case, set
Image Adjustment to None.
Reduce Dust
Scanned photos may contain white dots caused by dust or scratches. Use this function to reduce such
noise.
None
Dust and scratches will not be reduced.
Low
Select this to reduce small dust particles and scratches. Large ones may remain.
Medium
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches; however, evidence of the reduction
process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed.
Important
• This function may not be effective for some types of photos.
Note
• It is recommended that you select None when scanning printed materials.
Fading Correction
Use this function to correct photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast. "Colorcast" is a
phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong
colors.
None
Fading Correction will not be applied.
Low
Select this to correct a small amount of fading and colorcast.
Medium
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Select this to correct a large amount of fading and colorcast. This can affect the tone of the image.
Important
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
• Not effective if Color is not selected for Kind.
Grain Correction
Use this function to reduce graininess (roughness) in photos taken with high-speed or sensitized film,
etc.
None
Graininess will not be reduced.
457
Low
Select this when the photo is slightly grainy.
Medium
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Select this when the photo is very grainy. This can affect the gradation and sharpness of the
image.
Important
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Gutter Correction
Use this function to correct shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Unclear or blurred text/lines caused by curved pages are not corrected.
None
Gutter shadow will not be corrected.
Low
Select this when the effect level is too strong with the medium setting.
Medium
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Select this when the effect level is too weak with the medium setting.
Important
• Do not place objects that weigh 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg) or more on the platen. In addition, do not press on
the item with a force exceeding 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg). If you press heavily, the scanner may not work
correctly or you might break the glass.
• Align the item with the edge of the platen. If placed slanted, correction will not be applied properly.
• Correction may not be applied properly depending on the item. If the page background is not white,
shadows may not be detected correctly or may not be detected at all.
• While scanning, press down on the spine with the same amount of pressure you used to preview
the scan. If the binding part is not even, correction will not be applied properly.
458
• How to place the item depends on your model and the item to be scanned.
Unsharp Mask
Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
Descreen
Reduces moire patterns.
Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where uneven
gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned.
Important
• When enabling Descreen, disable Unsharp Mask. If Unsharp Mask is enabled, some moire
effects may remain.
Note
• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Descreen.
Reduce Show-through
Use this function to reduce show-through in duplex documents or lighten the base color in recycled
paper and other colored paper when scanning documents.
Important
• Reduce Show-through is effective only when Document or Magazine is selected for Image
Adjustment.
Calibrate before each scan
Calibrates the scanner every time before trial scanning and scanning, to reproduce correct color tones
in scanned images.
Note
• Calibration may take time depending on your computer.
459
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
The scanner driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using the scanner
driver.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
• If the computer is shared among multiple users or when you have logged out and back on, a message
indicating that the scanner driver is in use may appear. In that case, disconnect the USB cable from
the computer, then reconnect it.
• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep state with the scanner driver active. In that
case, follow these steps and scan again.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Exit the scanner driver, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
3. Turn on the machine.
• Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same
computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the
operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be
accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than
usual.
• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high
resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600
dpi in full-color.
• Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
460
Updating the Scanner Driver
Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver
Before Installing the Scanner Driver
Installing the Scanner Driver
461
Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver
Upgrading your current scanner driver to the latest scanner driver may solve some problems you have
experienced.
To obtain the scanner driver, access our website and download the scanner driver for your model.
Important
• Scanner driver can be downloaded for free; however, Internet connection fees apply.
Related Topic
Before Installing the Scanner Driver
Installing the Scanner Driver
462
Before Installing the Scanner Driver
Check the following points before installing the scanner driver. Check these also when you cannot install the
scanner driver.
Machine Status
• If the machine and computer are connected with a USB cable, disconnect the USB cable from the
computer.
Computer Settings
• Close all running applications.
• Log in as the administrator of the computer. You will be required to enter the name and password of the
user with administrator privileges. If you have multiple user accounts on Mac OS X, log in with the first
administrator account created.
Important
• If you install an older version of the scanner driver after installing a newer one, the scanner driver may
not operate properly. In that case, reinstall the newer scanner driver.
Note
• When installing multiple versions of the scanner driver, install the older scanner driver first.
Related Topic
Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver
Installing the Scanner Driver
463
Installing the Scanner Driver
Access our website via the Internet to download the latest scanner driver.
Follow these steps to install the downloaded scanner driver.
1. Mount the disk.
Double-click the downloaded disk image file.
The file is decompressed and the disk is mounted.
2. Start the installer.
Double-click the ".pkg" file in the decompressed disk.
Installation starts.
3. Install the driver.
Follow the prompts to install.
When the license agreement screen appears, read the terms and click Continue. If you do not accept
the license agreement, you cannot install this software.
If an authentication screen appears, enter the administrator's name and password, then click Install
Software.
4. Complete the installation.
The scanner driver is installed.
Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model
and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection.
Refer to "Network Scan Settings" for the setting procedure.
Important
• Installation may fail if you click Go Back during the process. In that case, select Quit Installer from the
Installer menu to exit the installer, then start over the installation.
• Scanner driver can be downloaded for free; however, Internet connection fees apply.
Related Topic
Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver
Before Installing the Scanner Driver
464
Useful Information on Scanning
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
Resolution
Data Formats
465
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
"Cropping" is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when
scanning it.
In the Image Stitch window, you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area.
Note
• Refer to Help of Image Capture for how to adjust the cropping frames (selection boxes) in the screen
displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
Initial Cropping Frame
No cropping frame is specified. When you select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox, an active
cropping frame is automatically specified around the image in the Preview area. You can drag the
cropping frame to specify the area.
When you perform a scan, the image in the area specified with the cropping frame will be scanned.
Adjusting a Cropping Frame
(Arrow) when it is positioned over a cropping frame. Click and drag
The cursor will change into
the mouse to expand or contract the cropping frame.
The cursor will change into
(Hand) when it is positioned within a cropping frame. Click and drag the
mouse to move the entire cropping frame.
Deleting Cropping Frames
To delete the cropping frame, deselect the Adjust cropping frames checkbox.
466
Resolution
The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and
color. The density of these dots is called "resolution," and resolution will determine the amount of detail your
image contains. The unit of resolution is dots per inch (dpi). Dpi is the number of dots per inch (2.5 cm).
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image; the lower the resolution (value), the less
detail.
How to Set the Resolution
You can set the resolution in Resolution on the
dialog.
(Scanning from a Computer) tab of the Settings
Appropriate Resolution Settings
Set the resolution according to the use of the scanned image.
Item Type
Use
Color Mode
Copying
300 dpi
Creating a postcard
Color
300 dpi
Saving to a computer
Color
300 dpi
Color
150 dpi
Saving to a computer
Grayscale
300 dpi
Using on a website or attaching
to e-mail
Grayscale
150 dpi
Copying
Color, Grayscale, or
Black and White
300 dpi
Attaching to e-mail
Color, Grayscale, or
Black and White
150 dpi
Scanning text using OCR
Color or Grayscale
300 dpi
Using on a website or attaching
to e-mail
Black and white photo
Text document (document or
magazine)
Resolution
Color
(Printing)
Color photo
Appropriate
Important
• If you double the resolution, the data size of the scanned image quadruples. If the file is too large, the
processing speed will slow down significantly, and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of
memory. Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image.
Note
• When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it, scan by setting a higher resolution than
the recommended one above.
467
Data Formats
You can select a data format when saving scanned images. You should specify the most suitable data
format according to how you want to use the image on which application.
Available data formats vary by application and operating system (Windows or Mac OS).
See below for the characteristics of each image data format.
PNG (Standard File Extension: .png)
A data format often used on websites.
PNG is suitable for editing saved images.
JPEG (Standard File Extension: .jpg)
A data format often used on websites and for digital camera images.
JPEG features high compression rates. JPEG images slightly degrade every time they are saved, and
cannot be returned to their original state.
JPEG is not available for black and white images.
TIFF (Standard File Extension: .tif)
A data format featuring a relatively high compatibility between various computers and applications.
TIFF is suitable for editing saved images.
Note
• Some TIFF files are incompatible.
• IJ Scan Utility supports the following TIFF file formats.
• Uncompressed, black and white binary
• Uncompressed, RGB (8 bits per channel)
• Uncompressed, Grayscale
PDF (Standard File Extension: .pdf)
A data format for electronic documents, developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated.
It can be used on various computers and operating systems, and fonts can be embedded as well; therefore,
people in different environments can exchange the files without being aware of the differences.
468
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) of your scanner or printer. Place
items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall
into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
• Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) monitor when opening/closing
the document cover. May result in unintended operation.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically.
Important
• When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or the scanner driver, align an upper
corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square cannot
be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
• When scanned using the scanner driver, the response may differ. In that case, adjust the cropping
frame (selection box) manually.
For Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, or BD/DVD/CD
Placing a Single Item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1
cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped
area) of the platen and the item. Portions placed on the
diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
469
For Magazines, Newspapers, or Documents
Place the item face-down on the platen and align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow
(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on the
diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
Important
• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be
placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a
format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data
format.
• Refer to "Loading Originals" for your model from
Home of the Online Manual for details on the
portions in which items cannot be scanned.
Placing Multiple Items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges
(diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and
between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped
area cannot be scanned.
more than 0.4 inch (1 cm)
Note
• In IJ Scan Utility, you can place up to 12 items.
• Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are
corrected automatically.
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Important
• Do not leave thick items on the platen when scanning from the ADF. May result in paper jam.
• Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents.
• Refer to "Originals You Can Load" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on
supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF.
1. Open the document tray.
2. Place the documents on the ADF, then adjust the document guides to the width of the
documents.
Insert the documents face-up until a beep sounds.
470
471
Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine
Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the
Machine Basic
Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
Network Scan Settings
Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan
Utility
472
Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation
Panel of the Machine
Before forwarding scanned data to the computer, confirm the following:
• The scanner driver is installed.
If the scanner driver is not yet installed, install the scanner driver from our website.
• The machine is connected to a computer correctly.
Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly.
Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is in operation, or when the computer is in the
sleep or standby mode.
If you perform scanning via a network connection, make sure that all the required settings have been
specified.
Network Scan Settings
• The destination and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility.
You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility. For details on settings of
Canon IJ Scan Utility:
Settings Dialog
Follow the procedure below to forward scanned data to the computer.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the SCAN button.
If you forward the scanned data to a computer for the first time, the Scan menu screen is displayed. Go
to step 3.
If you have forwarded the scanned data to a computer, the Scan standby screen is displayed.
* The Scan standby screen for USB-connected computer
If you change the destination or scan settings, press the Menu button, then go to step 3.
Go to step 8 if you do not change the destination or scan settings.
3. Use the
button to select Save to, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select the computer to forward the scanned data, then press the OK
button.
If you forward the data to the USB-connected computer, select Local (USB).
If you forward the data to the LAN-connected computer, select a name of the computer to forward the
scanned data.
473
Note
• If you select Search again and press the OK button, the machine starts searching for the
connected computers again.
• When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD (one of the network protocols
supported in Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista), select Active for WSD
scan from dev. on WSD setting on Other settings in LAN settings under Device settings.
5. Make sure that Document type is selected, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select the document type, then press the OK button.
Note
• When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD, you cannot select the
document type.
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
Auto scan
The machine detects the type of the originals automatically and the image is forwarded in the
optimized size, resolution and data format.
Important
• Load originals properly according to their type; otherwise, some originals may not be scanned
properly.
For details on how to load the original:
Loading Originals
• The following items can be scanned:
Photos, postcards, visiting cards, magazines, newspapers, documents, BD/DVD/CDs
• The following items cannot be scanned properly.
• A4 sized photos
• Documents smaller than 5 inches x 7 inches (127 mm x 178 mm) such as a paperback with its
backbone cut off
• Originals on thin white paper
• Long and narrow originals such as panoramic photographs
• When you scan originals from the ADF, it may take longer to scan the first page.
Document
Scans the original on the platen glass or in the ADF applying the optimized settings for scanning a
document.
Photo
Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the optimized settings for scanning a
photo.
7. Specify the scan settings.
Specify each scan setting in order.
474
Use the
button to select a setting item, then press the OK button.
Use the
displayed.
button to adjust each setting item, then press the OK button. The next setting item is
Note
• For details on each setting item:
Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
• Go to step 8 when Auto scan is selected for Document type.
The Scan standby screen is displayed after all the settings have been specified.
8. Load the original document on the platen glass or in the ADF.
9. Press the Color button for color scanning, or the Black button for black & white scanning.
Note
• When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD, press the Color button.
• If the original is not loaded properly, a message is displayed on the LCD. Load the original on the
platen glass or in the ADF according to the scan settings.
• If you load the original in the ADF:
The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer.
• If you load the original on the platen glass:
◦ When you select JPEG or TIFF for Data format, the machine starts scanning and scanned
data is forwarded to the computer.
◦ When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Data format, the confirmation screen asking you if
you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete.
Selecting Yes and pressing the OK button allow you to scan the originals continuously. Load
the next document on the platen glass and start scanning.
By selecting No and pressing the OK button, scanning is complete and the data is forwarded
to the computer in one PDF file.
Scanned data is forwarded to the computer according to the settings specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility.
Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after scanning is complete.
Important
• If the scanning result with Auto scan is not satisfactory, select Document or Photo according to
the original in step 6, then specify the scan size or other setting items in step 7.
If you want to scan originals with advanced settings, or if you want to edit
or print the scanned images:
If you scan originals from a computer using My Image Garden, My Image Garden enables you to edit the
scanned images, such as optimizing or trimming.
475
In addition, you can edit or print the scanned images using the compatible application software to make
better use of them.
Scanning Photos and Documents
476
Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the
Machine
You can change the scan settings such as the scan size, resolution, or data format.
Use the
button to select a setting item, then press the OK button.
Use the
displayed.
button to adjust each setting item, then press the OK button. The next setting item is
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
• The scan setting cannot be specified under the following conditions:
• When Auto scan is selected for Document type to forward the scanned data to the computer
• When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD (one of the network protocols
supported in Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista)
• Some setting items cannot be specified in combination with other setting items, the document type, or
the destination to save the data.
• The settings of the scan size, resolution, and data format are retained even if the machine is turned off.
• When you forward the scanned data to the computer, you can specify the destination and file name
using Canon IJ Scan Utility.
Settings Dialog
• If you scan originals from the computer, you can scan with advanced settings. For details on scanning
from the computer:
Scanning Photos and Documents
• Scan size
Select the size of the original.
Ex:
If you select Auto scan(A) -Singl, the machine detects the page size automatically and starts scanning.
If you select Auto scan(A) -Multi to save to the computer, you can scan several originals at a time.
Note
• When Legal is selected, load the original in the ADF.
• When 4"x6", 10x15, 5"x7", 13x18, or Auto scan(A) -Singl is selected, load the original on the
platen glass.
• Some of setting items are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Data format
Select the data format of the scanned data.
Ex:
477
• Scan resolution
Select the resolution for scanning.
Ex:
478
Network Scan Settings
You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images
into a specified computer.
Important
• Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.
• To scan over a network, enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer.
Note
• Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on the
web page.
• With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
In the IJ Scan Utility main screen, select your scanner or printer that is connected to a network.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product
Name.
You can scan via a network connection.
Note
• If you cannot scan, check that your scanner or printer is selected in the network selection
screen.
Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel
You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog appears.
3. Click the
(General Settings) tab.
The Settings (General Settings) dialog appears.
479
4. In Product Name, select an item with "Network" after the product name, then click Select
that appears to its right.
The network selection screen appears.
5. Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings.
The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears.
6. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK.
7. Return to the network selection screen, then click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan from the operation panel.
Note
• If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected, check the
following, click OK to close the screen, then reopen it and try selecting again.
• The scanner driver is installed
• Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver
• Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If your scanner or printer still does not appear, refer to "Problems with Network Communication" for
your model from Home of the Online Manual.
480
Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel
Using IJ Scan Utility
IJ Scan Utility allows you to specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel.
Note
• The screens for scanning with Auto Scan from the operation panel are used as examples in the
following descriptions.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Click Settings....
The Settings dialog appears.
3. Select a scan mode on the
(Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab.
Note
• Refer to the following for details.
481
Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog
Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog
Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog
4. Set Scan Options.
5. Specify the file name and other settings in Save Settings.
482
6. Select the application you want to start after scanning in Application Settings.
7. Click OK.
483
The responses will be executed according to the specified settings when you start scanning from the
operation panel.
484
Faxing
Preparing for Faxing
Sending Faxes Using the Operation Panel of
the Machine
Registering Recipients
Receiving Faxes
Other Useful Fax Functions
485
Preparing for Faxing
Connect the machine to the telephone line and set up the machine before using the faxing functions. Then
specify the basic setting such as sender information, date/time, and daylight saving time.
Important
• If the Power Disconnects Unexpectedly:
If there is a power failure or if you accidentally unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be
reset.
• The settings for user information and directory will be retained.
• All faxes stored in the machine's memory, such as unsent and received faxes, will be lost.
If the power disconnects, the following will apply:
• You will not be able to send or receive faxes, make copies, or scan originals.
• When you are connecting the telephone, whether or not you can use it depends upon your
telephone line or telephone.
Setting Up the Machine
The machine must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function. Follow the
procedure below to set up the machine.
1. Connecting the Telephone Line
Connect the machine to your telephone line.
2. Setting the Telephone Line Type
Set the correct telephone line type for your telephone line.
3. Setting the Receive Mode
Set the receiving operation (receiving mode).
Note
• You can set the fax setting according to the instruction on the LCD.
Easy setup
If you set up according to the instruction on the LCD, the receive mode is set to TEL priority mode
or Fax only mode. To receive faxes with DRPD or Network switch, change the receive mode.
Setting the Receive Mode
Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing
You can specify the basic setting such as sender information, date/time, and daylight saving time.
Setting the Sender Information
486
Connecting the Telephone Line
The connection method differs depending on your telephone line.
• If you connect the machine to wall telephone line directly/If you connect the machine with the xDSL
splitter:
Basic Connection
• If you connect the machine to another line such as an xDSL:
Connecting Various Lines
If the connection is incorrect, the machine cannot send/receive faxes. Connect the machine correctly.
Important
• Do not connect fax machines and/or telephones in parallel (US and Canada only).
If two or more fax machines and/or telephones are connected in parallel, the following problems may
occur and the machine may not operate properly.
• If you pick up the handset of the telephone that is connected in parallel during fax transmission or
reception, the fax image may be corrupted or a communication error may occur.
• Such services as Caller ID, etc. may not operate properly on the telephone.
If you cannot avoid parallel connections, set the receive mode to TEL priority mode, understanding
that the above problems may occur. You will only be able to receive faxes manually.
Basic Connection
Make sure that the machine is turned off, connect one end of supplied telephone line cable to the
telephone line jack near the "LINE" mark of the machine, then connect the other end to the telephone line
jack on the wall or to the telephone line jack of the xDSL splitter.
When you connect the telephone to the machine, make sure that the machine is turned off, connect one
end of the modular cable to the external device jack near the "EXT." mark of the machine, then connect
the other end to the telephone line jack of the telephone.
487
Important
• Be sure to connect the telephone line before the machine is turned on.
If you connect the telephone line when the machine is turned on, turn the machine off and unplug the
power cord. Wait for 1 minute then connect the telephone line and power plug.
Note
• Refer to Rear View for the position of the telephone line jack and the external device jack.
• Before connecting a telephone or answering machine, remove the Telephone connector cap.
• For users in the UK:
If the connector of the external device cannot be connected to the jack on the machine, you will need
to purchase a B.T. adapter to connect as follows:
Attach the B.T. adapter to the modular cable connecting the external device, then connect the B.T.
adapter to the external device jack.
Connecting Various Lines
This section introduces how to connect various lines.
These are examples and could not be guaranteed to suit every connecting condition. For details, refer to
the instruction manual supplied with the network device (control devices such as an xDSL (Digital
Subscriber Line) modem or terminal adapter) you are connecting to this machine.
Note
• xDSL is the generic term for the high speed digital communication technology with telephone line
such as ADSL/HDSL/SDSL/VDSL.
• Connecting to an Internet Telephone
A. Digital Subscriber Line
B. xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C. Broadband router compatible with Internet Telephone
D. Computer
E. Telephone or answering machine
F. WAN (Wide Area Network) port
G. LAN (Local Area Network) port
H. TEL port
I. LINE port
* Port configurations and names may vary depending on the product.
488
Note
• When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in
Telephone line type.
Setting the Telephone Line Type
• Connecting to an xDSL
A. Analog Subscriber Line
B. xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C. Computer
D. Telephone or answering machine
Important
• When the splitter is not built-in to the modem, do not branch the telephone line before the splitter
(wall side). And also, do not connect splitters in parallel. The machine may not be able to operate
properly.
Note
• When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in
Telephone line type.
Setting the Telephone Line Type
• Connecting to an ISDN Line
For details on ISDN (Integrated Service Digital Network) connection and settings, refer to the manuals
supplied with your terminal adapter or dial-up router.
489
Setting the Telephone Line Type
Before using your machine, make sure you set the correct telephone line type for your telephone line. If you
are unsure of your telephone line type, contact your telephone company. For xDSL or ISDN connections,
contact the telephone company or service provider to confirm your line type.
Important
• For users in China
After plugging the power cord and turning on the machine, the telephone line type is selected
automatically. However, if the machine is connected to the control device such as an xDSL modem or
terminal adapter, the telephone line type may not be selected correctly.
In this case, set the line type manually.
For details on how to set the Telephone line type manually in China:
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
Note
• Telephone line type will not appear in countries or regions where Rotary pulse is not supported.
• You can print USER'S DATA LIST to check the current setting.
Summary of Reports and Lists
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select FAX user settings, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Telephone line type, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select a telephone line type, then press the OK button.
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
7. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
490
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
This section describes the procedure to set the telephone line type manually in China.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select FAX user settings, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select TEL line auto select, then press the OK button.
The current telephone line type is displayed.
Note
• If you do not need to change the telephone line type, press the FAX button to return to the Fax
standby screen.
6. Use the
button to select OFF, then press the OK button.
7. Use the
button to select a telephone line type, then press the OK button.
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
8. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
491
Setting the Receive Mode
Set the receiving operation (receiving mode).
For details on how to set the receive mode:
Setting the Receive Mode
You can select the appropriate mode.
For details on the selectable receive mode:
About the Receive Mode
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
Note
• The receiving operation procedure varies depending on the selected receive mode.
For details on receiving method depending on each receive mode:
Receiving Faxes
• If you want to use a single telephone line for faxes and voice calls, you need to connect a telephone or
an answering machine to the external device jack of this machine.
For details on how to connect the telephone or the answering machine to the machine:
Basic Connection
Setting the Receive Mode
This section describes the procedure to select the receive mode.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu button.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
4. Use the
button to select Receive mode set., then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select the receive mode, then press the OK button.
The confirmation screen asking whether to make advanced settings is displayed.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, you can specify the advanced settings of each receive
mode.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
• For details on the receive mode:
492
About the Receive Mode
• DRPD is available only in the US and Canada.
• Network switch may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Refer to Receiving Faxes for information on receiving faxes or the procedure for each receive
mode.
About the Receive Mode
You can select the receive mode suitable for your fax use conditions: whether you use a dedicated line for
fax, etc.
Receive
mode
Your fax use condition
Receiving operation
TEL priority
mode
When mainly receiving voice When a call incomes, the telephone will ring.
calls (with a telephone or
Pick up the handset.
answering machine
If the call is a voice call, talk on the telephone.
connected to the machine):
If the call is a fax, hang up the handset after the machine starts
receiving the fax.
Note
• The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is
connected to the machine, depending on the type or settings of
the telephone.
DRPD or
When receiving voice calls
When a call incomes, the telephone will ring. The machine detects a
Network
switch
(with a telephone or
answering machine
connected to the machine)
and subscribing to a ring
pattern detection service
provided by your telephone
company:
fax call by the fax ring pattern.
If the call is a fax, the machine will receive the fax automatically.
If the machine does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will
continue ringing.
Note
• The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is
connected to the machine, depending on the type or settings of
the telephone.
Fax only
mode
When not receiving voice
calls:
When a fax incomes, the machine will receive the fax automatically.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
• Advanced setting in TEL priority mode
You can specify the following setting items.
◦ Manual/auto switch
493
If you select ON, the machine automatically receives faxes after the external device rang a
specified length of time.
You can specify the length of time until automatic reception is started.
◦ User-friendly RX
If you select ON, the machine automatically switches from telephone calling to fax reception by
detecting the fax signal (CNG signal) when you lift the handset of the telephone or the answering
machine answers. When you have an answering machine connected to the machine, select ON to
switch to fax reception automatically after the answering machine answers.
If you select OFF, the machine does not switch from telephone calling to fax reception
automatically even if the machine detects the fax signal (CNG signal). Select OFF if you want the
machine not to switch automatically during a call.
Note
• If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the number of times the external device
rings specified with Incoming ring in Fax only mode is available in TEL priority mode.
If you want to specify the number of times the external device rings in TEL priority mode, select
Fax only mode for Receive mode set. under FAX menu, specify the number of times the
external device rings with Incoming ring, then switch to TEL priority mode for Receive mode
set..
• If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, we recommend that Manual/auto
switch be set to OFF.
• Advanced setting in Fax only mode
You can specify the following setting item.
◦ Incoming ring
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
• Advanced setting in DRPD
You can specify the following setting items.
◦ DRPD: FAX ring pat.
Sets the distinctive ring pattern of a call that the machine assumes is a fax call.
If you subscribe to a DRPD service, set the ring pattern to match the pattern assigned by your
telephone company.
Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
◦ Incoming ring
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
• Advanced setting in Network switch
You can specify the following setting item.
◦ Incoming ring
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
494
Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
If you have subscribed to a Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) service provided by your telephone
company, your telephone company will assign two or more telephone numbers with distinctive ring
patterns to your single telephone line, allowing you to have different numbers for fax calls and voice calls
using only one telephone line. Your machine will automatically monitor the ring pattern, and will
automatically receive the fax if the ring pattern is a fax call.
To use DRPD, follow the procedure below to set the fax ring pattern that matches the pattern assigned by
your telephone company.
Note
• Contact your local telephone company for detailed information on this service.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu button.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
4. Use the
button to select Receive mode set., then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select DRPD, then press the OK button.
The confirmation screen asking whether to make advanced settings is displayed.
6. Use the
button to select Yes, then press the OK button.
7. Use the
button to select DRPD: FAX ring pat., then press the OK button.
The DRPD: FAX ring pat. screen is displayed.
8. Use the
button to select the ring pattern that your telephone company assigned to
your fax number, then press the OK button.
Select from Normal ring, Double ring, Short-short-long, or Short-long-short.
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
9. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
495
Setting the Sender Information
You can set the sender information such as date/time, unit name, and unit fax/telephone number.
About the Sender Information
Setting the Date and Time
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Registering User Information
About the Sender Information
If the unit name and unit fax/telephone number are registered, they are printed with date and time as
sender information on the recipient's fax.
A. Date and time of transmission
B. Unit fax/telephone number
C. Unit name
D. The registered recipient's name is printed when sending faxes.
E. Page number
Note
• You can print USER'S DATA LIST to confirm the sender information you have registered.
Summary of Reports and Lists
• When sending faxes in black & white, you can select whether to print the sender information inside or
outside the image area.
Specify the setting on TTI position in Adv. FAX settings under Fax settings.
Adv. FAX settings
• You can select the date print format from three formats: YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, and DD/MM/
YYYY.
Select the date print format on Date display format under Dev. user settings.
Dev. user settings
Setting the Date and Time
This section describes the procedure to set the date and time.
496
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Device settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select Dev. user settings, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Date/time setting, then press the OK button.
6. Set the date and time.
button to move the cursor under the desired position, then use the Numeric buttons to
Use the
enter the date and time.
Enter the date and time in 24-hour format.
Enter only the last two digits of the year.
7. Press the OK button.
8. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Some countries adopt the daylight saving time (summer time) system that shifts the clock time forward at
certain periods of the year.
You can set your machine to automatically change the time by registering the date and time that daylight
saving time (summer time) begins and ends.
Important
• Not all the latest information of all countries or regions is applied for DST setting by default. You
need to change the default setting according to the latest information of your country or region.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Device settings, then press the OK button.
497
4. Use the
button to select Dev. user settings, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select DST setting, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select ON, then press the OK button.
To disable summer time, select OFF.
7. Set the date and time when summer time starts.
1. Use the
button to select Start date/time, then press the OK button.
2. Make sure that Set month is selected, then press the OK button.
3. Use the
button to select the month when summer time starts, then press the OK button.
4. Make sure that Set week is selected, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select the week when summer time starts, then press the OK button.
6. Make sure that Set day of week is selected, then press the OK button.
7. Use the
button to select the day of the week when summer time starts, then press the OK
button.
8. Make sure that Set shift time is selected, then press the OK button.
9. Use the
button to move the cursor under the desired position, use the Numeric buttons to
enter the time (in 24-hour format) when summer time starts, then press the OK button.
Precede single digits with a zero.
8. Set the date and time when summer time ends.
1. Use the
button to select End date/time, then press the OK button.
2. Make sure that Set month is selected, then press the OK button.
3. Use the
button to select the month when summer time ends, then press the OK button.
4. Make sure that Set week is selected, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select the week when summer time ends, then press the OK button.
6. Make sure that Set day of week is selected, then press the OK button.
7. Use the
button to select the day of the week when summer time ends, then press the OK
button.
8. Make sure that Set shift time is selected, then press the OK button.
9. Use the
button to move the cursor under the desired position, use the Numeric buttons to
enter the time (in 24-hour format) when summer time ends, then press the OK button.
Precede single digits with a zero.
9. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
498
Registering User Information
This section describes the procedure to register the user information.
Note
• Before sending a fax, be sure to enter your name and fax/telephone number in Unit TEL no. registr.
and Unit name registr. on the FAX user settings screen (for US only).
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select FAX user settings, then press the OK button.
5. Enter the unit fax/telephone number.
1. Make sure that Unit TEL no. registr. is selected, then press the OK button.
2. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the unit fax/telephone number.
3. Press the OK button.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 20 digits, including spaces.
• For details on how to enter or delete characters:
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
6. Enter the unit name.
1. Make sure that Unit name registr. is selected, then press the OK button.
2. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the unit name.
3. Press the OK button.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 24 characters, including spaces.
• For details on how to enter or delete characters:
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
7. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
499
Sending Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number Basic
Resending Faxes (Redialing a Busy Number)
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
Sending Faxes Using Useful Functions
500
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
This section describes dialing and sending faxes directly by entering the fax/telephone numbers.
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents on the platen glass or in the ADF.
Important
• When sending a double-sided document, load the document on the platen glass. Double-sided
documents cannot be automatically scanned and sent from the ADF.
Note
• For details on the types, conditions of document, and how to load the document:
Loading Originals
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Use the Numeric buttons to dial the recipient's fax/telephone number.
Use the following buttons to dial the recipient's fax/telephone number.
Numeric buttons:
Enters the number.
button:
Enters a space.
button:
Deletes the last character you entered.
button:
By pressing this button once, "#" is entered. By pressing this button one more time, "P" is entered.
501
6. Press the Color button for color transmission, or the Black button for black & white
transmission.
The machine starts scanning the document.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax machine supports color faxing.
• Do not open the document cover until scanning is completed.
7. Start sending.
• If you load the document in the ADF:
The machine scans the document automatically and starts sending the fax.
Note
• To cancel a fax transmission, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,
Close the feeder cover [OK]Eject the document is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the
OK button, the remaining documents are automatically ejected.
• If you load the document on the platen glass:
After scanning the document, the confirmation screen asking you if you load the next document is
displayed.
To send the scanned document, press the OK button to start sending it.
Note
• To send two or more pages, follow the message to load the next page, and press the Color or
Black button. After scanning all pages, press the OK button to start sending.
• To cancel sending the fax, press the Stop button.
Note
• When your machine is connected to a PBX (Private Branch Exchange) system, refer to the operating
instructions of the system for details on dialing the recipient's fax/telephone number.
• In case the machine was not able to send a fax, such as when the recipient's line was busy, it has the
function to automatically redial the number after a specified interval. Automatic redialing is enabled by
default.
Automatic Redialing
• Unsent documents, such as those pending redial, are stored in the machine's memory. They are not
stored in the case of a sending error.
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
• Do not unplug the power cord until all documents are sent. If you unplug the power cord, all unsent
documents stored in the machine's memory are lost.
502
Resending Faxes (Redialing a Busy Number)
There are two methods of redialing: Automatic redialing and Manual redialing.
• Automatic Redialing
If you send a document and the recipient's line is busy, the machine will redial the number after a
specified interval.
Automatic Redialing
• Manual Redialing
You can redial to the recipients dialed using the Numeric buttons.
Manual Redialing
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone
Note
• Automatic redialing is enabled by default.
• For details on the basic sending operations:
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
Automatic Redialing
You can enable or disable automatic redialing. If you enable automatic redialing, you can specify the
maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the machine waits between redial attempts.
Enable and specify the automatic redialing setting on Auto redial in Adv. FAX settings under Fax
settings.
Adv. FAX settings
Important
• While automatic redialing, the unsent fax is stored in the machine's memory temporarily until the
sending fax is complete. If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord before automatic
redialing is complete, all faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted and not sent.
Note
• To cancel automatic redialing, wait until the machine starts redialing, then press the Stop button.
• To cancel automatic redialing, delete the unsent fax from the machine's memory while the machine is
on-standby for a redial operation. For details, see Deleting a Document in Machine's Memory.
Manual Redialing
Follow the procedure below for manual redialing.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
503
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents on the platen glass or in the ADF.
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Press the Menu button.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
6. Use the
button to select Redial, then press the OK button.
The Redial screen is displayed.
7. Use the
button to select the recipient's number to redial, then press the OK button.
8. Press the Color button for color transmission, or the Black button for black & white
transmission.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax machine supports color faxing.
Note
• For manual redialing, the machine memorizes up to 10 recent recipients dialed by entering the fax/
telephone numbers. Note that the machine does not memorize any recipients dialed using the redial
function or selecting from the directory.
• To cancel manual redialing, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress, Close
the feeder cover [OK]Eject the document is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the OK button, the
remaining documents are automatically ejected.
504
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
If you select FAX TX settings after pressing the Menu button on the Fax standby screen, you can specify
the settings of the scan contrast and the scan resolution.
Adjust the scan contrast and resolution following the procedure below.
1. Press the Menu button on the Fax standby screen.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
2. Use the
button to select FAX TX settings, then press the OK button.
3. Use the
button to select Scan contrast, then press the OK button.
The Scan contrast screen is displayed.
4. Use the
The
button to select the scan contrast, then press the OK button.
button decreases the scan contrast, and the
button increases the scan contrast.
By pressing the OK button, the LCD returns to the FAX TX settings screen.
5. Use the
button to select Scan resolution, then press the OK button.
The Scan resolution screen is displayed.
6. Use the
button to select the scan resolution.
The following settings are selectable on Scan resolution.
Standard
Suitable for text-only documents.
Fine
Suitable for fine-print documents.
Extra fine
Suitable for detailed illustration or fine-print quality documents.
If the recipient's fax machine is not compatible with Extra fine (300 x 300 dpi), the fax will be sent in
the Standard or Fine resolution.
Photo
Suitable for photographs.
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
505
• When sending a color fax, documents are always scanned in the same resolution (200 x 200 dpi).
The image quality (compression rate) is determined by which scan resolution is selected, except
that Extra fine and Photo provide the same image quality.
7. Press the OK button.
The LCD returns to the Fax standby screen.
506
Sending Faxes Using Useful Functions
Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone
Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient
Sending the Same Document to Several Recipients (Sequential Broadcasting)
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
Using the On Hook Dial Function
507
Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone
If you want to speak to the recipient before sending a fax, or if the recipient does not have a fax machine
that can receive faxes automatically, send a fax manually after speaking to the recipient on the telephone to
check whether the recipient can receive faxes.
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone. See below for the procedure to send a fax manually.
• With manual transmission, you cannot use the platen glass to load documents. Load the documents in
the ADF.
When loading document on the platen glass, send a fax with automatic transmission.
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
• To speak to the recipient before sending a fax, you need to connect a telephone to the machine.
For details on how to connect the telephone to the machine:
Basic Connection
Note
• For details on the basic sending operations:
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents in the ADF.
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Lift the handset of the telephone connected to the machine.
6. Use the telephone to dial the recipient's fax/telephone number.
7. Speak to the recipient.
When you hear a high-pitched signal instead of the recipient's voice, you cannot check whether the
recipient can receive faxes. If you want to stop sending the fax, replace the handset. If you want to send
the fax, go to step 9.
8. Ask the recipient to set the recipient's fax machine to receive faxes.
9. When you hear a high-pitched signal, press the Color button or the Black button.
508
Press the Color button for color transmission, or the Black button for black & white transmission.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax machine supports color faxing.
10. Hang up the handset.
Note
• To cancel a fax transmission, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,
Close the feeder cover [OK]Eject the document is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the OK
button, the remaining documents are automatically ejected.
509
Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient
Registering recipient's fax/telephone number and name in the machine's directory enables you to send
faxes easily.
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone
Note
• For details on the basic sending operations:
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents on the platen glass or in the ADF.
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Press the Menu button.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
6. Use the
button to select Directory, then press the OK button.
The screen to select a registered recipient is displayed.
7. Select a registered recipient.
You can choose a recipient with the two methods. The method can be switched by pressing the
button.
• When the following screen is displayed on the LCD:
Use the
button to select a recipient, then press the OK button.
• When Enter first letter is displayed on the LCD:
510
After you use the Numeric buttons to enter the first letter of the recipient's name you want to
search, the registered recipients are displayed in alphabetical order.
Use the
button to select a recipient, then press the OK button.
8. Press the Color button for color transmission, or the Black button for black & white
transmission.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax machine supports color faxing.
Note
• To cancel a fax transmission, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress, Close
the feeder cover [OK]Eject the document is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the OK button, the
remaining documents are automatically ejected.
• In case the machine was not able to send a fax, such as when the recipient's line was busy, it has the
function to automatically redial the number after a specified interval. Automatic redialing is enabled by
default.
Automatic Redialing
To cancel automatic redialing, wait until the machine starts redialing, then press the Stop button.
511
Sending the Same Document to Several Recipients (Sequential
Broadcasting)
This machine allows you to prepare for sending the same document to a maximum of 21 recipients in one
operation. The recipients can be specified by entering the fax/telephone numbers and selecting the
registered recipients (the particular recipient's number and the group dial) in combination.
The following number of recipients can be specified in combination.
• The recipient registered to the machine:
Up to 20 (total of the particular recipient's number and the group dial)
• Entering the fax/telephone numbers or redialing:
1
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them one by one after speaking on the telephone.
Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone
Note
• If you frequently send documents to the same group of recipients, you can group these numbers for
group dialing. This will allow you to send documents to all the recipients in the group by simply
operation.
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
• For details on the basic sending operations:
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents on the platen glass or in the ADF.
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Specify the first recipient.
Specify the first recipient with the one of the following methods.
• By specifying with the recipient registered to the machine:
Press the Menu button, use the
use the
button to select Directory, then press the OK button. Next,
button to select a recipient, then press the OK button.
Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient
512
• By entering the fax/telephone numbers:
Use the Numeric buttons to enter the recipient's fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
Note
• If FAX no. re-entry in Security control under Fax settings is set to ON, use the Numeric
buttons again to enter the number, then press the OK button.
Security control
• By redialing:
Press the Menu button, use the
button to select Redial, then press the OK button. Next, use
button to select the number you want to dial, then press the OK button.
the
Manual Redialing
6. Add the recipient.
If you have already specified the recipient by entering the fax/telephone numbers or if you have already
specified the recipient from the outgoing call logs, specify a recipient from the registered recipients.
Broadcasting is displayed after specifying the multiple recipients.
If you want to add the recipient further, repeat the same procedure.
Note
• When Broadcasting is displayed, you can review the numbers you have entered by pressing the
button.
• Pressing the Back button allows you to delete the recipient's number you entered last.
7. Press the Color button for color transmission, or the Black button for black & white
transmission.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax machine supports color faxing.
Note
• To cancel a fax transmission, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress, Close
the feeder cover [OK]Eject the document is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the OK button, the
remaining documents are automatically ejected.
• When you press the Stop button, fax transmission to all the recipients specified will be canceled. You
cannot cancel a fax transmission to only one recipient.
513
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
This machine has two functions for preventing the mistransmission of faxes.
• Sending faxes after entering the fax/telephone number twice
This function requires you to re-enter the fax/telephone number after entering the number using the
Numeric buttons, so that the machine prevents you from misdialing.
Sending Faxes after Dialing Twice (Fax Number Re-entry)
• Sending faxes after the machine checks the recipient's fax machine information
Before sending a fax, the machine checks whether the recipient's fax machine information matches the
dialed number.
Sending Faxes after Checking Information (Checking the Recipient's Information)
Sending Faxes after Dialing Twice (Fax Number Re-entry)
Set FAX no. re-entry to ON following the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select Security control, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select FAX no. re-entry, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select ON, then press the OK button.
Note
• If the number is not identical with the number entered first, the Fax standby screen is displayed.
Sending Faxes after Checking Information (Checking the Recipient's
Information)
Set Check RX FAX info to ON following the procedure below.
Important
• This function is not available when you send a fax manually.
Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
514
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select Security control, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Check RX FAX info, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select ON, then press the OK button.
Important
• Transmission will be canceled if the machine fails to receive the recipient's fax information or if
the received information does not match the fax/telephone number.
515
Using the On Hook Dial Function
Follow the procedure below to send faxes with the on hook dial function.
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone
• With manual transmission, you cannot use the platen glass to load documents. Load the documents in
the ADF.
When loading document on the platen glass, send a fax with automatic transmission.
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
Note
• You can use the on hook dial function only when Hook setting in Security control under Fax settings
is set to Enable.
Security control
• For details on the basic sending operations:
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents in the ADF.
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Press the Color button or the Black button.
6. Specify the recipient.
Specify the recipient with the one of the following methods.
• By specifying with the recipient registered to the machine:
Press the Menu button, use the
use the
button to select Directory, then press the OK button. Next,
button to select a recipient, then press the OK button.
Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient
• By entering the fax/telephone numbers:
Use the Numeric buttons to enter the recipient's fax/telephone number.
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
516
• Manual redialing:
Press the Menu button, use the
button to select Redial, then press the OK button. Next, use
the
button to select the number you want to dial, then press the OK button.
Manual Redialing
7. When you hear a high-pitched signal, press the Color button or the Black button.
Press the Color button for color transmission, or the Black button for black & white transmission.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax machine supports color faxing.
Note
• To cancel a fax transmission, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress, Close
the feeder cover [OK]Eject the document is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the OK button, the
remaining documents are automatically ejected.
517
Registering Recipients
Registering Recipients Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility
518
Registering Recipients Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
Registering recipients in the machine's directory in advance allows you to dial fax/telephone numbers
simply.
The following methods to register are available:
• Recipient registration
Registering the recipient's fax/telephone number and name allows you to send a fax by selecting a
registered recipient in the machine directory.
Registering the Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
• Group dial registration
You can combine two or more recipients registered in advance into a group. You can send the same
document to all the registered recipients in the group.
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
You can register up to 100 recipients in total of individual recipients and group dials.
Note
• To change the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Changing Registered
Information.
• To delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Deleting Registered
Information.
• To print a list of the recipient's fax/telephone numbers and names registered, see Printing a List of the
Registered Destinations.
• You can register, change, or delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial using
Speed Dial Utility on the computer.
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility
519
Registering the Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
Before you can use the machine's directory, you need to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers.
Follow the procedure below to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select TEL no. registration, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select Recipient, then press the OK button.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
7. Use the
button or the Numeric buttons to select an unregistered ID number, then press
the OK button.
Note
• If you already registered the recipient, the fax/telephone number is displayed next to the ID
number. If you already registered the group dial, (Not available) is displayed.
8. Use the
button to select a registration method, then press the OK button.
9. Register the recipients' fax/telephone number.
Register the recipients' fax/telephone number depending on the registration method selected.
• From call log (OUT)
When you select this registration method, the screen to select the fax/telephone number from the
outgoing call logs is displayed.
1. Use the
button to select a fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
The fax/telephone number selected from the outgoing call logs is displayed.
2. Check the fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
The fax/telephone number is registered to the machine and the screen to enter the recipient's
name is displayed. Go to next step.
• From call log (IN)
520
When you select this registration method, the screen to select the fax/telephone number or the
name from the incoming call logs is displayed.
1. Use the
button to select a fax/telephone number or a name, then press the OK button.
The fax/telephone number selected from the incoming call logs is displayed.
2. Check the fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
The fax/telephone number is registered to the machine and the screen to enter the recipient's
name is displayed. Go to next step.
Note
• This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Direct entry
When you select this registration method, the screen to enter the fax/telephone number is
displayed.
1. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the fax/telephone number you want to register.
2. Press the OK button.
The fax/telephone number is registered to the machine and the screen to enter the recipient's
name is displayed. Go to next step.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 60 digits (40 digits for the US, Canada,
Korea and some regions of Latin America), including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
• Press the
button twice to enter a pause.
• When Telephone line type in FAX user settings under Fax settings is set to Rotary
pulse, you can enter a tone ("T") by pressing the Tone button.
10. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the recipient's name.
If you select a name on From call log (IN) in step 8, the name may be already entered. If you do not
change the name, go to step 10.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
521
11. Press the OK button to finalize registration.
Note
• To register another recipient's number and name, select an unregistered ID number and operate
in the same procedure.
• To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
• You can check the recipient's numbers and names you have registered by printing RECIPIENT
TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST.
Printing a List of the Registered Destinations
522
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
If you register two or more registered recipients to a group dial, you can send the same document
successively to all recipients registered to the group dial.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select TEL no. registration, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select Group dial, then press the OK button.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
7. Use the
button or the Numeric buttons to select an unregistered ID number, then press
the OK button.
Note
• If you already registered the recipient, (Not available) is displayed next to the ID number. If you
already registered the group dial, the registered group name is displayed.
The Group member screen is displayed.
8. Register the registered recipient as a member of the group dial.
1. Press the Menu button.
2. Choose a recipient to register as a member.
You can choose a recipient with the two methods. The method can be switched by pressing the
button.
• When Add to group is displayed on the LCD:
Use the
button to select a recipient's ID number to register to the group dial.
• When Enter first letter is displayed on the LCD:
523
After you use the Numeric buttons to enter the first letter of the recipient's name you want to
search, the registered recipients are displayed in alphabetical order.
Use the
button to select a recipient's ID number to register to the group dial.
3. Press the OK button.
The selected recipient is registered as a member of the group dial.
4. Press the Menu button to display the screen to select an ID number, then add another member.
Repeat this step to register the other recipient to the same group dial.
Note
• You can check the recipient's ID number and name registered to the group dial by using the
button.
9. Press the OK button after finishing registering the member you want to register to the group
dial.
The screen to enter the group name is displayed.
10. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the group name.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
11. Press the OK button to finalize registration.
Note
• To register another group, select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure.
• To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
• You can check the recipients you have registered to the group dial by printing GROUP DIAL
TELEPHONE NO. LIST.
Printing a List of the Registered Destinations
524
Changing Registered Information
To change information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select TEL no. registration, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
6. Change the registered information.
• To change the recipient's information:
1. Use the
button to select Recipient, then press the OK button.
2. Use the
button or the Numeric buttons to select a recipient's ID number, then press the
OK button.
3. Use the
button to select Edit, then press the OK button.
The screen to select a registration method is displayed as well as when you register the
recipient.
4. Use the
button to select a registration method, then press the OK button.
5. Change the recipient's fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
◦ From call log (OUT) is selected as the registration method:
The screen to select the fax/telephone number from the outgoing call logs is displayed.
button to select a fax/telephone number and press the OK button,
After you use the
the editing screen is displayed. Change the recipient's fax/telephone number, then press
the OK button.
◦ From call log (IN) is selected as the registration method:
The screen to select the fax/telephone number or the name from the incoming call logs is
displayed. After you use the
button to select a fax/telephone number or a name and
press the OK button, the editing screen is displayed. Change the recipient's fax/telephone
number, then press the OK button.
Note
• This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of
purchase.
◦ Direct entry is selected as the registration method:
the editing screen is displayed. Change the recipient's fax/telephone number, then press
the OK button.
After editing the recipient's fax/telephone number is complete, the screen to edit the recipient's
name is displayed.
525
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 60 digits (40 digits for the US, Canada,
Korea and some regions of Latin America), including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
• Press the
button twice to enter a pause.
• When Telephone line type in FAX user settings under Fax settings is set to Rotary
pulse, you can enter a tone ("T") by pressing the Tone button.
6. Change the recipient's name, then press the OK button.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
• To change a group dial:
1. Use the
button to select Group dial, then press the OK button.
2. Use the
button or the Numeric buttons to select an ID number of group dial to change,
then press the OK button.
3. Use the
button to select Edit, then press the OK button.
4. Edit the member of the group dial.
To add a member, press the Menu button to display the screen to select an ID number and
then add another member.
To delete a member, select a member to delete and then press the Tone button.
5. Change the group name, then press the OK button.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Note
• To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
526
Deleting Registered Information
To delete information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select TEL no. registration, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
6. Delete the registered information.
• To delete the recipient's information:
1. Use the
button to select Recipient, then press the OK button.
2. Use the
button or the Numeric buttons to select an ID number of group dial to delete,
then press the OK button.
3. Use the
button to select Delete, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select Yes, then press the OK button.
• To delete a group dial:
1. Use the
button to select Group dial, then press the OK button.
button or the Numeric buttons to select an ID number of group dial to delete,
2. Use the
then press the OK button.
3. Use the
button to select Delete, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select Yes, then press the OK button.
Note
• To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
527
Printing a List of the Registered Destinations
You can print a list of the fax/telephone numbers and can keep it near the machine to refer to when dialing.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu button.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
5. Use the
button to select Print reports/lists, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select Directory list, then press the OK button.
7. Use the
button to select an item to print, then press the OK button.
• If you selected Recipient:
Use the
button to select whether to print the list in alphabetical order, then press the OK
button.
If you select Yes, RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST is printed in alphabetical order.
If you select No, RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST is printed in the order of the ID
number.
• If you selected Group dial:
GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO. LIST is printed.
528
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility
About Speed Dial Utility
Speed Dial Utility is a utility for forwarding the fax/telephone numbers registered on the machine to a
computer and registering/changing them on the computer. In addition, you can register the fax/telephone
number, user's name, user's fax/telephone number, and rejected numbers edited on the computer to the
machine. You can also save them on the computer as a backup.
For safety reasons, it is recommended that you backup the registered data on the computer using Speed
Dial Utility.
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility
Speed Dial Utility Dialog
Saving Registered Information on the Machine to Your Computer
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility
Calling the Registered Information Up from Your Computer and Registering the Information to the
Machine
Uninstalling Speed Dial Utility
529
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility
Before starting up Speed Dial Utility, confirm the following:
• The necessary application software (printer driver and Speed Dial Utility) is installed.
If the printer driver or Speed Dial Utility is not yet installed, install them from our website.
• The machine is connected to a computer correctly.
Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly.
Do not plug in or unplug any cables while the machine is in operation, or when the computer is in sleep
or standby mode.
If your machine is compatible with LAN connection, make sure that the machine is connected to the
computer with LAN connection to use Speed Dial Utility via LAN connection.
Follow the procedure below to start up Speed Dial Utility.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Select Applications on the Go menu of Finder.
3. Double-click the Canon Utilities folder.
4. Double-click the Speed Dial Utility folder.
5. Double-click Speed Dial Utility.
Speed Dial Utility starts up.
Note
• You can also start up Speed Dial Utility from Quick Menu or Quick Toolbox.
530
Speed Dial Utility Dialog
The following items are on the Speed Dial Utility dialog.
1. Printer Name:
Selects the machine for editing the registered information using Speed Dial Utility.
2. Display Printer Settings
Loads the registered information on the machine selected for Printer Name: into Speed Dial Utility.
3. Setting Item List:
Selects the registered information for editing. Choose one item from TEL Number Registration, User
Information Setting, and Rejected Number Setting.
4. Registered information list
Displays the registered information selected for Setting Item List:.
5. Edit.../Select All/Delete
Edits/deletes the registered information or selects all the registered information selected for Setting Item
List:.
When multiple items on the registered information list are selected, you cannot use the Edit... button.
6. Load from PC...
Displays the registered information saved on the computer.
531
7. Instructions
Displays this guide.
8. Exit
Quits Speed Dial Utility. Information registered or edited using Speed Dial Utility is neither saved on the
computer nor registered on the machine.
9. Save to PC...
Saves information edited using Speed Dial Utility on the computer.
10. Register to Printer
Registers information edited using Speed Dial Utility to the machine.
532
Saving Registered Information on the Machine to Your Computer
Follow the procedure below to save the recipients' name, recipients' fax/telephone number, group dial,
user's name, user's fax/telephone number, or rejected numbers that registered on the machine to the
computer.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility.
2. Select the machine from the Printer Name: list box, then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click Save to PC....
4. Enter the file name on the displayed screen, then click Save.
533
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility
Follow the procedure below to register fax/telephone numbers.
Note
• Before you register fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility.
2. Select the machine from the Printer Name: list box, then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select an unoccupied code from the list, then click Edit....
The Individual or Group Selection dialog is displayed.
5. Click Register individual TEL number or Register group dial, then click Next....
• If Register individual TEL number is selected:
1. Enter the name.
2. Enter the fax/telephone number.
• If Register group dial is selected:
1. Enter the group name.
2. Select the code you want to add to the group dial, then click Add >>.
Note
• You can only enter numbers that have already been registered.
534
6. Click OK.
To continue registering fax/telephone numbers or a group dial, repeat steps 4 to 6.
• To save the registered information on the computer.
1. Click Save to PC....
2. Enter the file name on the displayed screen, then click Save.
• To register the registered information to the machine:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. Confirm the message on the display, then click OK.
The information is registered to the machine.
535
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility
Follow the procedure below to change fax/telephone numbers.
Note
• Before you change fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility.
2. Select the machine from the Printer Name: list box, then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select a code to change from the list, then click Edit....
• If an individual fax/telephone number is selected:
1. Enter the new name.
2. Enter the new fax/telephone number.
• If a group dial is selected:
1. Enter the new group name.
2. Add or delete a member to/from the group dial.
To add a member:
Select the code to add to the group dial, then click Add >>.
To delete a member:
Select the code to delete from the group dial, then click << Delete.
5. Click OK.
536
To continue changing fax/telephone numbers or group dials, repeat steps 4 and 5.
• To save the edited information on the computer.
1. Click Save to PC....
2. Enter the file name on the displayed screen, then click Save.
• To register the edited information to the machine:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. Confirm the message on the display, then click OK.
The information is registered to the machine.
537
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility
Follow the procedure below to delete fax/telephone numbers.
Note
• Before you delete fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility, make sure that no fax operations are
in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility.
2. Select the machine from the Printer Name: list box, then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select a code to delete from the list, then click Delete.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
To continue deleting fax/telephone numbers, repeat step 4.
Note
• To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, then Delete.
• To save the edited information on the computer.
1. Click Save to PC....
2. Enter the file name on the displayed screen, then click Save.
• To register the edited information to the machine:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. Confirm the message on the display, then click OK.
The information is registered to the machine.
538
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility
Follow the procedure below to change the user's name or fax/telephone number.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility.
2. Select the machine from the Printer Name: list box, then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click User Information Setting from Setting Item List:.
The user's information is displayed.
4. Select an item to change, then click Edit....
The User Information dialog is displayed.
5. Enter the new user's name on User Name and new fax/telephone number in TEL Number,
then click OK.
• To save the edited information on the computer:
1. Click Save to PC....
2. Enter the file name on the displayed screen, then click Save.
• To register the edited information to the machine:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. Confirm the message on the display, then click OK.
The information is registered to the machine.
539
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility
Follow the procedure below to register, change, or delete rejected numbers.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility.
2. Select the machine from the Printer Name: list box, then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click Rejected Number Setting from Setting Item List:.
The list of rejected numbers is displayed.
• To register a rejected number:
1. Select an unoccupied code from the list, then click Edit....
2. Enter the fax/telephone number in the Rejected Number dialog, then click OK.
• To change a rejected number:
1. Select a code to change from the list, then click Edit....
2. Enter the fax/telephone number in the Rejected Number dialog, then click OK.
• To delete a rejected number:
1. Select a code to delete from the list, then click Delete.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
Note
• To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, then Delete.
540
Calling the Registered Information Up from Your Computer and
Registering the Information to the Machine
You can register the fax/telephone numbers, user's name, user's fax/telephone number, and rejected
numbers saved on the computer to the machine.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility.
2. Select the machine from the Printer Name: list box, then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click Load from PC....
4. Select the RSD file (*.rsd) to register to the machine.
5. Click Open on the dialog.
6. Click Register to Printer.
The registered information on the computer is registered to the machine.
541
Uninstalling Speed Dial Utility
Follow the procedure below to uninstall Speed Dial Utility.
1. Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder, double-click Canon Utilities > Speed
Dial Utility, then drag the Speed Dial Utility icon into the trash.
Note
• To reinstall Speed Dial Utility, uninstall Speed Dial Utility, then install it again from our website.
542
Receiving Faxes
Receiving Faxes
Changing the Paper Settings
Memory Reception
Receiving Faxes Using Useful Functions
543
Receiving Faxes
This section describes the preparation necessary for receiving a fax and how to receive a fax.
Preparing for Receiving a Fax
Prepare for receiving a fax according to the following procedure.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Make sure of the receive mode setting.
Make sure of the receive mode setting displayed on the Fax standby screen.
Note
• For details on how to change the receive mode:
Setting the Receive Mode
4. Load paper.
Load the sheets of plain paper.
5. Specify the paper settings as necessary.
Changing the Paper Settings
This completes the preparation for receiving fax.
When a fax is received, it is printed on the loaded paper automatically.
Receiving a Fax
Depending on the selected receive mode, the receive operation varies.
Note
• For details on the receive mode:
Setting the Receive Mode
• You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
• If the machine was not able to print a received fax, the machine stores the unprinted fax temporarily
in its memory (memory receiving).
Memory Reception
544
When TEL priority mode is selected:
• When the call is a fax:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset. If you hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, then hang up
the handset.
The machine will receive the fax.
Note
• If the machine will not switch to fax reception, press the FAX button, then the Color or Black
button to receive the fax.
• To receive a fax without picking up the handset, set Manual/auto switch of the advanced
setting to ON. RX start time allows you to specify the number of seconds until the machine
switches to fax reception.
• If you have subscribed to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the telephone will ring a
specified number of times when there is an incoming call with a fax distinctive ring pattern.
Then, the machine will switch to fax reception automatically without the handset being picked
up.
The number of times to ring the telephone until switching to fax reception can be changed.
• Set the machine to enable you to initiate fax reception from a connected telephone (remote
reception).
Remote Reception
• When the answering machine is connected to the machine:
• If the answering machine is set to the answering mode, set User-friendly RX of the
advanced setting to ON. If the call is a fax, the machine will receive the fax automatically.
• If the answering mode is turned off on the answering machine, pick up the handset. If you
hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, then hang up the handset.
• If Manual/auto switch of the advanced setting is set to ON, set RX start time to longer
than the time before the answering machine starts playing the answering message. After
making this setting, we recommend that you call the answering machine using a mobile
phone, etc. to confirm that messages are recorded successfully in the answering machine.
• Set your answering machine to answering mode and adjust it as follows:
545
- The entire message should be no longer than 15 seconds.
- In the message, tell your callers how to send a fax.
• When the call is a voice call:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
Note
• If the machine unexpectedly switches to fax reception during telephone calls, set User-friendly
RX of the advanced setting to OFF.
• If Manual/auto switch of the advanced setting is set to ON, you must answer an incoming call
by picking up the handset within the time specified in RX start time. Otherwise the machine
will switch to fax reception.
When Fax only mode is selected:
• When the call is a fax:
The machine will receive the fax automatically.
Note
• If a telephone is connected to the machine, the telephone will ring when a call incomes.
• You can change the number of times to ring the telephone with Incoming ring of the advanced
setting.
When DRPD or Network switch is selected:
• When the call is a fax:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
546
The machine will receive the fax automatically when the fax ring pattern is detected.
Note
• You can change the number of times to ring the telephone.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
• When the call is a voice call:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
When the machine does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will continue ringing.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
Note
• To use this feature, you need to subscribe to a compatible service provided by your telephone
company.
• For DRPD
You need to select the appropriate ring pattern on the machine.
Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
• For Network switch
The name of this service varies depending on the country or region of purchase. This setting
may not be also available depending on the country or region of purchase.
547
Changing the Paper Settings
This machine prints received faxes to paper loaded in the machine beforehand. You can use the operation
panel to change the paper settings for printing faxes. Make sure that the settings are appropriate for the
loaded paper.
Important
• If the size of loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting, the received faxes
are stored in the machine's memory and Check page size and Press [OK] are displayed on the LCD.
In this case, load the same size of paper as that specified in the paper size setting, then press the OK
button.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
machine's memory later.
Printing a Document in Machine's Memory
• If no paper is loaded, or paper has run out while printing is in progress, the received faxes are stored in
the machine's memory and the error message for no paper is displayed on the LCD. In this case, load
paper and press the OK button.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
machine's memory later.
Printing a Document in Machine's Memory
Note
• If the sender sends a document that is larger than Letter-size or Legal-size, such as 11 x 17 inches, the
sender's machine may send the fax automatically reduced in size or divided, or send only a part of the
original.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu button.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
4. Use the
button to select FAX paper settings, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select a setting item, then press the OK button.
6. Specify the settings.
Use the
button to adjust each setting item, then press the OK button. The next setting item is
displayed.
The LCD returns to the Fax standby screen when all the settings are complete or when pressing the
FAX button.
548
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
• Page size
Select the page size from A4, Letter, LTR, or Legal.
Note
• Some of page sizes are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Media type
The paper type is set to Plain paper.
549
Memory Reception
If the machine was not able to print the received fax, the received fax is stored in the machine's memory.
The FAX Memory lamp is lit and Received in memory is displayed at the Fax standby screen.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted. The next time you
turn the machine on, press the OK button after a confirmation screen is displayed. The list of the faxes
deleted from the machine's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed.
If the machine receives a fax under one of the following conditions, the received fax will be automatically
stored in the machine's memory.
• The machine is set to store received faxes in its memory:
When Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings,
the received faxes are stored in the machine's memory.
You can print the faxes stored in the machine's memory from the Memory reference screen under FAX
menu.
Printing a Document in Machine's Memory
Note
• To print the received faxes automatically, select Print for Received documents in Auto print
settings under Fax settings.
Auto print settings
• An error has occurred on the machine:
If you select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings, a received fax
will be printed automatically. However, if any of the following errors occurs, the received fax will not be
printed. It will instead be stored in the machine's memory.
When the error is resolved, the fax stored in the machine's memory is printed automatically.
◦ The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax:
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
• You can set the machine to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out.
Set Print when no ink in Auto print settings under Fax settings to Print.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the machine's memory.
If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received
documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings to store the received fax in the
machine's memory. After you replace the FINE cartridge and select Print for Received
documents in Auto print settings, the fax stored in the machine's memory will be printed
automatically.
Auto print settings
550
◦ Paper has run out:
◦ A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded:
Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size, then press the OK button.
• You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax:
Press the FAX button to resume printing of the fax.
Note
• The machine can store up to max. 50 pages* (max. 20 documents) of faxes in the machine's memory.
* When using ITU-T No.1 chart (Standard mode)
• If the machine's memory becomes full during memory reception, only pages which already have been
received are stored in the memory. Print the received faxes stored in the machine's memory, delete
them from the machine's memory, and have the sender resend the faxes.
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
551
Receiving Faxes Using Useful Functions
Remote Reception
Rejecting Fax Reception
Using the Caller ID Service to Reject Calls
552
Remote Reception
If the machine is located away from the telephone, pick up the handset of the telephone connected to the
machine and dial 25 (the remote reception ID) to receive faxes (remote reception).
• If you use a rotary pulse line, temporarily switch your telephone to tone dialing. For details on how to
switch to tone dialing, refer to your telephone's instruction manual.
• If you have an answering machine connected to the machine that can carry out remote control
operations, the security code for this function may be the same as the remote reception ID. In this case,
change the remote reception ID in Remote RX ID in Remote RX in Adv. FAX settings under Fax
settings.
Adv. FAX settings
Remote reception can be disabled.
553
Rejecting Fax Reception
You can set the machine to reject faxes with no sender information or those from specific senders.
Select one of the following conditions to reject faxes.
• Faxes with no caller identification.
• Faxes from senders not registered in the machine's directory.
• Faxes from senders registered in the machine as rejected numbers.
Select a fax rejection condition following the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select Security control, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select FAX RX reject, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select ON, then press the OK button.
7. Use the
button to select the fax rejection condition, then press the OK button.
No sender info.
Rejects faxes with no caller identification.
Not in directory
Rejects faxes from the senders not registered in the machine's directory.
Rejected numbers
Rejects faxes from the senders registered in the machine as rejected numbers.
For details on how to register the rejected number, see Registering the Rejected Number.
Note
• The * (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
• When the machine rejects reception, Reception rejected is displayed on The Fax standby screen.
• Faxes with no caller identification are also rejected when the setting other than No sender info. is
selected.
Registering the Rejected Number
Register the rejected number following the procedure below.
1. When the confirmation screen to register the rejected number is displayed, use the
button to select Yes, then press the OK button.
554
2. Use the
button to select a registration number, then press the OK button.
3. Use the
button to select a registration method, then press the OK button.
Register the rejected number depending on the registration method.
• From call log (OUT)
When you select this registration method, the screen to select the fax/telephone number from
the outgoing call logs is displayed.
1. Use the
button to select a fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
2. Press the OK button again.
• From call log (IN)
When you select this registration method, the screen to select the fax/telephone number or the
name from the incoming call logs is displayed.
1. Use the
button to select a fax/telephone number or a name, then press the OK button.
2. Press the OK button again.
Note
• This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of
purchase.
• Direct entry
When you select this registration method, the screen to register the fax/telephone number is
displayed.
Use the Numeric buttons to enter the fax/telephone number you want to register, then press the
OK button.
Note
• To register another rejected number, use the
register the rejected number.
button to select another registration number, then
You can register up to 10 rejected numbers.
• To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
• You can print the list of rejected numbers (REJECTED NUMBER LIST).
Summary of Reports and Lists
• To change the registered rejected number, display the screen to register the fax/telephone number in
the same operation, change rejected number, then press the OK button.
• To delete the registered rejected number, display the screen to register the fax/telephone number in
the same operation, press the Back button repeatedly to delete the rejected number, then press the
OK button.
555
• You can register the rejected number in Rejected numbers in TEL no. registration under Fax
settings.
556
Using the Caller ID Service to Reject Calls
If you subscribe to the Caller ID service, the machine detects the sender's Caller ID. If the sender's ID
matches the condition specified in this setting, the machine rejects the phone call or fax reception from the
sender.
Note
• This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase.
Contact your telephone company to confirm whether it provides this service.
Specify the setting following the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the Setup button.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Use the
button to select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
4. Use the
button to select Security control, then press the OK button.
5. Use the
button to select Caller rejection, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select Subscribed, then press the OK button.
You can now perform settings for Caller rejection.
7. Use the
button to select whether to reject a phone call or fax reception from an
anonymous number, then press the OK button.
8. Use the
button to select whether to reject a phone call or fax reception out of the
subscribed service area, then press the OK button.
9. Use the
button to select whether to reject a phone call or fax reception from the
specified numbers, then press the OK button.
If you select Reject, you can register the fax/telephone number to reject.
When Register rejected no.? is displayed on the LCD, use the
button to select Yes, then register
the fax/telephone number to reject.
For details on how to register the rejected number, see Registering the Rejected Number.
Note
• Even if you select Reject, the machine rings once.
(The machine may not ring depending on the country or region of purchase.)
557
Other Useful Fax Functions
Using the Information Services
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
Summary of Reports and Lists
558
Using the Information Services
You can use various information services such as provided by banks, and make airline reservations or hotel
reservations. Since these services require tone dialing to use their services, you need to temporarily switch
to tone dialing if your machine is connected to a rotary pulse line.
Using the Touch Tone Line
Using the Rotary Pulse Line
Important
• You may need to contract with the service providers for some information services. For details, contact
the service providers.
Using the Touch Tone Line
• Dialing by Using the On Hook Dial Function
Note
• You can use the on hook dial function only when Hook setting in Security control under Fax
settings is set to Enable.
Security control
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Color button or the Black button.
4. Use the Numeric buttons to dial the number of the information service.
5. When the recorded message for the information service answers, use the Numeric buttons to
press the numbers in accordance with the message.
6. Press the Stop button to finish using the service.
• Dialing by Using the Telephone Connected to the Machine
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Lift the handset of the telephone.
4. Use the telephone to dial the number of the information service.
5. When the recorded message for the information service answers, use the telephone to press the
numbers in accordance with the message.
6. Hang up the handset to finish using the service.
559
Using the Rotary Pulse Line
• Dialing by Using the On Hook Dial Function
Note
• You can use the on hook dial function only when Hook setting in Security control under Fax
settings is set to Enable.
Security control
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Color button or the Black button.
4. Use the Numeric buttons to dial the number of the information service.
5. When the recorded message for the information service answers, press the Tone button to
switch to tone dialing.
6. Use the Numeric buttons to press the numbers in accordance with the message.
7. Press the Stop button to finish using the service.
• Dialing by Using the Telephone Connected to the Machine
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Lift the handset of the telephone.
4. Use the telephone to dial the number of the information service.
5. When the recorded message for the information service answers, use the telephone to switch to
tone dialing.
When you dial the number of the information service using the telephone connected to the
machine, you cannot use the machine to switch to tone dialing. For instructions on how to switch
to tone dialing, refer to your telephone's instruction manual.
6. Use the telephone to press the numbers in accordance with the message.
7. Hang up the handset to finish using the service.
560
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
This machine is set to send/receive faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM). If the recipient's fax machine is
compatible with ECM, ECM automatically corrects errors and resends the fax.
Note
• If the sender's or recipient's fax machine is not compatible with ECM, the fax will be sent/received
without automatic error correction.
• To receive color faxes, make sure that ECM RX in Adv. communication in Adv. FAX settings under
Fax settings is set to ON.
Adv. FAX settings
To disable ECM transmission/reception, set ECM TX and ECM RX in Adv. communication to OFF.
• Transmission may take longer when ECM is enabled.
561
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
If the sending faxes is not complete or the machine was not able to print the received faxes, these faxes are
stored in the machine's memory.
If an error occurred during a fax transmission, the document is not stored in the machine's memory.
In the following cases, the machine is not able to print the received fax and will automatically store the fax in
its memory.
• The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax.
• Paper has run out.
• A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded.
• Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings.
• You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a received fax.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord of the machine, all faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord.
You can print or delete the faxes stored in the machine's memory.
• To print a document in the machine's memory:
Printing a Document in Machine's Memory
• To delete a document in the machine's memory:
Deleting a Document in Machine's Memory
Note
• When confirming, printing, or deleting a document stored in the machine's memory, you specify it by its
transaction number. If you do not know the transaction number for your target document, print the list of
documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
For details on how to print MEMORY LIST, see Printing a Document in Machine's Memory.
562
Printing a Document in Machine's Memory
You can print a specified document in the machine's memory or print all the received documents in its
memory at a time.
When printing a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu button.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
5. Use the
button to select Memory reference, then press the OK button.
Note
• If no document is stored in the machine's memory, No documents in memory is displayed on the
LCD.
6. Use the
button to select a print menu, then press the OK button.
You can select the following print menus.
• Print memory list
You can print a list of the documents in the machine's memory (MEMORY LIST).
MEMORY LIST shows the transaction number of the unsent or unprinted fax (TX/RX NO.),
transaction mode, recipient's number, and the date and time of the transaction.
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being sent. A
transaction number from "5001" to "9999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being received.
• Print specified doc.
You can specify the document and print it.
If you select this menu, the document selection screen is displayed.
Note
• A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent. A transaction
number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
• Each mark before the transaction number indicates the following:
No mark: Indicates a black and white document.
: Indicates a color document.
563
: Indicates the document during transmission.
: Indicates the document sent with sequential broadcasting.
• By pressing the
button or the Tone button, the transaction number displayed on the LCD
is switched to transaction time or fax/telephone number.
Specify the document and print it following the procedure below.
button to select the transaction number (TX/RX no.) of the document you want
1. Use the
to print, then press the OK button.
button to select whether to print only the first page of the document, then press
2. Use the
the OK button.
◦ If you select Yes:
Only the first page of the document will be printed.
The document is still stored in the machine's memory.
◦ If you select No:
All pages of the document will be printed.
The screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in the machine's memory is
displayed.
button and press the OK button, the printed document in
If you select Yes using the
the machine's memory is deleted.
Note
• If there is not the specified document in the machine's memory, No document is
displayed, and the machine returns to the previous screen.
• To return to the Fax standby screen, press the Stop button.
• Print all RX docs
If you select this menu, the confirmation screen is displayed.
You can print all the received documents in the machine's memory.
button and press the OK button, all the documents in the
If you select Yes using the
machine's memory will be printed.
Each time a document is printed, the screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in
the machine's memory is displayed.
If you select Yes using the
button and press the OK button, the printed document in the
machine's memory is deleted.
564
Deleting a Document in Machine's Memory
You can delete a specified document in the machine's memory or delete all the documents in its memory at
a time.
Note
• When deleting a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
Printing a Document in Machine's Memory
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu button.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
4. Use the
button to select Memory reference, then press the OK button.
Note
• If no document is stored in the machine's memory, No documents in memory is displayed on the
LCD.
5. Use the
button to select a delete menu, then press the OK button.
You can select the following delete menus.
• Del. specified doc.
You can specify the document and delete it.
If you select this menu, the document selection screen is displayed.
Note
• A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent. A transaction
number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
• Each mark before the transaction number indicates the following:
No mark: Indicates a black and white document.
: Indicates a color document.
: Indicates the document during transmission.
: Indicates the document sent with sequential broadcasting.
• By pressing the
button or the Tone button, the transaction number displayed on the LCD
is switched to transaction time or fax/telephone number.
565
Specify the document and delete it following the procedure below.
1. Use the
button to select the transaction number (TX/RX no.) of the document you want
to delete, then press the OK button.
The confirmation screen is displayed.
2. Use the
button to select the transaction number of the document you want to delete,
then press the OK button.
The specified document will be deleted from machine's memory.
Note
• If there is not the specified document in the machine's memory, No document is
displayed, and the machine returns to the previous screen.
• To return to the Fax standby screen, press the Stop button.
• Delete all docs
If you select this menu, the confirmation screen is displayed.
You can delete all the documents in the machine's memory.
If you select Yes using the
button and press the OK button, all the documents in the
machine's memory will be deleted.
566
Summary of Reports and Lists
The machine prints the report of sending or receiving a fax automatically. You can print the list of the fax/
telephone number or the current settings.
Type of Reports and Lists
Printing Report or List
Type of Reports and Lists
Report or List
Description
ACTIVITY REPORT
Shows recent fax transactions at sight.
• You can print ACTIVITY REPORT manually.
For details on the procedure to print, see Printing Report or List.
• The * (asterisk) is appended to the history already printed on ACTIVITY REPORT.
• If you select Print for Activity report in Auto print settings under Fax settings, the
machine prints ACTIVITY REPORT for the 20 histories of sent and received faxes
automatically.
Auto print settings
Directory list
• RECIPIENT
TELEPHONE
NUMBER LIST
Lists the numbers and names registered.
You can print the lists of the recipient and group dial.
For details on the procedure to print, see Printing Report or List.
• GROUP DIAL
TELEPHONE NO.
LIST
USER'S DATA LIST
Lists the current settings of the machine and the registered sender information.
For details on the procedure to print, see Printing Report or List.
MEMORY LIST
Lists the documents currently stored in the machine's memory.
For details on the procedure to print, see Printing Report or List.
Note
• You can print MEMORY LIST by selecting Print memory list in Memory reference
under FAX menu.
Printing a Document in Machine's Memory
REJECTED NUMBER
LIST
Lists the rejected numbers.
CALLER HISTORY
Lists the caller history.
For details on the procedure to print, see Printing Report or List.
This list is available when Caller ID service is subscribed.
For details on the procedure to print, see Printing Report or List.
This list may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase.
TX REPORT/ERROR
TX REPORT
Either of these reports is printed after each fax transmission.
• At the time of purchase, ERROR TX REPORT is set to be printed only when a
transmission error occurred.
567
You can set the machine to print TX REPORT each time it sends a document, or
disable printing of the report by selecting TX report in Auto print settings under Fax
settings.
You can also specify the print setting so that the first page of the fax is printed along
with the report.
Auto print settings
Note
• The first page of the fax is not printed in color transmission.
• MULTI TRANSMISSION REPORT is printed after sequential broadcasting of a
document.
• If an error occurs when you send a fax, the error number is printed on ERROR TX
REPORT (there are some errors for which the cause is also printed).
For details on the error number, see Errors When You Send a Fax.
MULTI
This report is printed after sequential broadcasting of a document.
TRANSMISSION
REPORT
Confirms whether the transmission to all the recipients has been completed successfully.
RX REPORT
This report is printed after each fax reception.
The procedure to print and the error number is same as TX REPORT.
• At the time of purchase, the machine is set so that RX REPORT is not printed at all.
You can set the machine to print RX REPORT each time it receives a document, or
only when an error occurs by selecting RX report in Auto print settings under Fax
settings.
Auto print settings
• If an error occurs when you receive a fax, the error number is printed on RX REPORT
(there are some errors for which the cause is also printed).
For details on the error number, see Errors When You Receive a Fax.
MEMORY CLEAR
Lists the deleted faxes in the machine's memory if the faxes stored in the machine's
REPORT
memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord.
When the machine is turned on, Data error and Press [OK] are displayed on the LCD.
MEMORY CLEAR REPORT is printed by pressing the OK button.
Printing Report or List
This section describes the procedure to print the report or the list manually.
Print the following report or list manually.
• ACTIVITY REPORT
• Directory list (RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST/GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO. LIST)
• USER'S DATA LIST
• MEMORY LIST
• REJECTED NUMBER LIST
• CALLER HISTORY
568
Note
• CALLER HISTORY may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Press the FAX button.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu button.
The FAX menu screen is displayed.
5. Use the
button to select Print reports/lists, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select the report or list you want to print, then press the OK button.
• When you select Directory list:
Use the
button to select Recipient or Group dial, then press the OK button.
If you select Recipient, select whether to print RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in
alphabetical order, then press the OK button. If you select Yes, the machine prints RECIPIENT
TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in alphabetical order. If you select No, the machine prints
RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in numerical order.
If you select Group dial, the machine prints GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO. LIST.
• When you select an item other than Directory list:
Press the OK button.
The machine prints the selected report or list.
Errors When You Send a Fax
If an error occurs when you send a fax, the error number is printed on ERROR TX REPORT or ACTIVITY
REPORT (there are some errors for which the cause is also printed).
The causes corresponding to the error numbers are as follows.
No.
Cause
Action
#001 Document is jammed in
the ADF.
The document is jammed in the ADF.
#003 Document is too long.
You attempted to send a document longer than 15.75 inches / 400 mm.
When the error is cleared, redo the operation.
You cannot send a document longer than 15.75 inches / 400 mm from the ADF.
"#003" is also printed if it takes time to send a page. Divide the document or set
the image quality (Fax resolution) to a lower setting, then resend it.
#005 No answer.
The recipient's fax machine does not respond.
569
Contact the recipient and have the recipient check that the telephone line is
connected correctly.
#012 Try again.
There is no paper in the recipient's fax machine.
Contact the recipient and have the recipient load paper.
#017 No tone is detected.
The machine could not detect the dial tone.
Dial tone detect in Adv. FAX settings under Fax settings is set to ON. Set to
OFF.
Adv. FAX settings
#018 Line was busy.
The fax/telephone number you dialed is busy.
Try dialing again after waiting for a moment.
#022 Number is deleted.
The fax/telephone number registered in the machine's directory is incorrect.
Check the recipient's fax/telephone number, correct the fax/telephone number
registered in the machine's directory, then send the document again.
Changing Registered Information
#037 Memory is full.
The machine could not send a fax because its memory is full.
Delete contents in memory, then send a fax again.
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
#059 Transmission has been
canceled due to a fax
information mismatch.
Transmission has been canceled because the machine could not detect the
recipient's fax machine information or the information did not match the dialed
number. This message is displayed when Check RX FAX info in Security
control under Fax settings is set to ON.
For details, see Sending Faxes after Checking Information (Checking the
Recipient's Information).
#085 Try again in black & white
transmission.
The recipient's fax machine is not color-compatible.
Resend the document in black & white.
#099 The Stop button was
pressed during
transmission.
The Stop button was pressed to cancel transmission of the document. Resend it
if necessary.
#412 The fax could not be sent
from the computer.
The fax could not be sent from the computer (Windows only). Ensure that the
machine is connected with the computer correctly and redo operation.
#995 The unsent fax was
deleted while automatic
redialing.
While automatic redialing, the unsent fax is stored in the machine's memory
temporarily until the sending fax is complete. If a power failure occurs or you
unplug the power cord before automatic redialing is complete, all faxes stored in
the machine's memory are deleted and not sent.
Resend the document.
Errors When You Receive a Fax
If an error occurs when you receive a fax, the error number is printed on RX REPORT or ACTIVITY
REPORT (there are some errors for which the cause is also printed).
The causes corresponding to the error numbers are as follows.
570
No.
Cause
Action
#003 It takes too long to receive Contact the sender and have the sender divide the fax or set the image quality
a page.
(Fax resolution) to a lower setting and resend it.
#005 No answer.
When receiving a fax manually, the machine could not detect the signals from the
sender's fax machine.
Contact the sender and have the sender resend it, or set the machine to receive
the fax automatically.
#037 Memory is full.
The machine could not receive a fax because its memory is full.
Delete contents in memory, then ask the sender to resend the fax. See
Document Stored in Machine's Memory.
#046 Reception has been
rejected due to the
specified fax rejection
condition.
Reception has been rejected because the fax matches the fax rejection condition
specified by FAX RX reject in Security control under Fax settings.
#099 The Stop button was
The Stop button was pressed to cancel reception of the fax. Contact the sender
pressed during reception.
#995 The received fax was
deleted.
For details, see Rejecting Fax Reception.
and have the sender resend it if necessary.
The received fax was deleted before being printed. Contact the sender and have
the sender resend it if necessary.
571
Troubleshooting
The Machine Cannot Be Powered On
Printing Does Not Start
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Ink Is Not Ejected
Paper Jams
If an Error Occurs
Cannot Send a Fax
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax
List of Support Code for Error
Search Each Function
Problems with Network Communication
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Problems with Printing
Problems with Faxing
Problems with Scanning
Problems with the Machine
Problems with Installation/Downloading
About Errors/Messages Displayed
If You Cannot Resolve the Problem
572
Problems with Network Communication
Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network
Problems with the Machine while Using with Network
Other Problems with Network
573
Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network
Cannot Detect the Machine when Setting Up Network Communication
The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN
574
Cannot Detect the Machine when Setting Up Network
Communication
If the machine could not be detected on the network when setting up the network communication, confirm
the network settings before redetecting the machine.
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1
Important
• If the machine cannot be detected while you are setting up the network communication using a USB
cable, the machine may be in the access point mode. In this case, finish the access point mode and
enable the wireless LAN, then try to redetect the machine.
Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode
575
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1
Are the machine and network device (router, etc.) turned on?
Make sure that the machine is turned on.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Make sure that the network device (router, etc.) is turned on.
If the machine or the network device is turned off:
Turn on the machine or the network device.
After turning on the machine or the network device, it may take some time until ready for use. After a while
just turning on the machine or the network device, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen.
When the machine is detected, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network
communication.
If the machine and the network device are turned on:
If the machine could not be detected after clicking Redetect even when the machine and the network
device are turned on, or when you have turned them on, go to check 2.
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 2
576
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 2
Is the wireless LAN setting of the machine enabled?
Make sure that the
or
icon is displayed on the LCD.
If the icon is not displayed:
The wireless LAN setting of the machine is disabled. Enable the wireless LAN setting of the machine.
After enabling the wireless LAN setting, click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to
set up the network communication from the beginning.
If the icon is displayed:
Go to check 3.
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 3
577
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 3
Is the machine connected to the wireless router?
By using the icon on the LCD, make sure that the machine is connected to the wireless router.
If the
icon is displayed:
The machine may be placed far away from the wireless router. Place the machine near the wireless router
temporarily, then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen.
When the machine is detected, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network
communication.
If the machine cannot be detected, the machine is not connected to the wireless router. Connect the
machine to the wireless router.
Click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from
the beginning.
If the
icon is displayed:
Go to check 4.
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 4
578
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 4
Does the firewall function of your security software or operating system for
computer interfere with setting up the network communication?
The firewall function of your security software or operating system for computer may limit communications
between the machine and your computer. Confirm the setting of firewall function of your security software
or operating system or the message appearing on your computer.
If the firewall function interferes with setting up:
• When the message appears on your computer:
If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the
computer, set the security software to allow access.
• When the message does not appear on your computer:
Cancel to set up, then set the security software to allow Canon software* to access the network.
* Set the security software to allow Setup.app, Canon IJ Network Tool.app,
canonijnetwork.bundle, CIJScannerRegister.app, Canon IJ Scan Utility2.app, and
CIJSUAgent.app to access the network.
After setting the security software, try to set up the network communication from the beginning.
Note
• For the operating system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings, refer to the
instruction manual of the computer or software, or contact its manufacturer.
If there is no problem with the firewall settings:
Go to check 5.
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 5
579
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 5
Check the settings of the wireless router.
Check the settings of the wireless router for the network connection such as IP address filtering, MAC
address filtering, or DHCP function.
Make sure that the radio channel of the wireless router and that assigned to the machine are the same.
For details on how to check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied
with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
If there is no problem with the settings of the wireless router:
Go to check 6.
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 6
580
Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 6
Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the wireless router.
The wireless router is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication. Locate the
machine within 164 ft. / 50 m from the wireless router.
In addition, check where the machine and the wireless router are located and take the appropriate action.
• Make sure that there is no obstruction between the machine and the wireless router.
Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Adjust the location of the
machine and the wireless router.
• Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference near the machine or the wireless router.
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is
placed nearby, the device may cause interference. Place the machine or the wireless router as far
away from the interference source as possible.
After checking above and taking the appropriate action, perform setup again.
Note
• You can set up the network communication via USB. To set up via USB, select the Set up the
network connection via USB check box on the Check Printer Settings screen and click Next.
581
The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN
Check1
Make sure that the machine is turned on.
Check2
Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to LAN inactive?
Check3
When the machine is connected to the computer temporarily using a USB
cable, make sure that the USB cable is connected properly.
When you set up the wireless LAN connection or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ Network Tool
through USB connection, make sure that the machine is connected to the computer with a USB cable securely.
Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable
Check4
Make sure that the machine setup is completed.
If not, perform setup according to the instructions on our website.
Check5
When using IJ Network Tool, click Update to search for the machine again.
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
Make sure that the network settings in the machine are identical with those of
the wireless router.
Check6
Refer to the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer to check the wireless
router settings, and then modify the machine settings.
How to Set an Encryption Key
Check7
Make sure that there is no obstruction.
Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Adjust the location of the devices.
Check8
Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the wireless router.
The wireless router is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication. Locate the machine
within 164 ft. / 50 m from the wireless router.
Check9
Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity.
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby,
the device may cause interference. Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as
possible.
Check10
Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct.
Make sure that the computer can communicate with the wireless router over the wireless LAN.
Check11
Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled.
582
If the firewall function of your security software is turned on, a message may appear warning that Canon
software is attempting to access the network. If the warning message appears, set the security software to
always allow access.
If using any programs that switch the network environment, check their settings. Some programs will enable a
firewall by default.
When using a router, connect the machine and computer to the LAN side
(same network segment).
Check12
When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, use
alphanumeric characters for the name of the network (SSID).
Check13
If the problem is not resolved, perform setup again according to the instructions on our website.
583
Problems with the Machine while Using with Network
The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly
Forgot a Wireless Router Name, SSID, or a Network Key
The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten
Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing a Wireless Router or Changing Its
Settings
Printing Speed Is Slow
584
The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly
Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with the Machine while It Is in the Access Point Mode
Cannot Print or Scan from a Computer Connected to the Network
Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN
Check1
Make sure that the machine is turned on.
Check2
Are the network settings of the machine identical with those of the wireless
router?
Make sure that the network settings of the machine (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the machine, print out the network setting information.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
If the network settings of the machine are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the network
settings of the machine to match with those of the wireless router using IJ Network Tool.
Check3
Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the wireless router.
The wireless router is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication. Locate the
machine within 164 ft. / 50 m from the wireless router.
Check4
Make sure that there is no obstruction.
Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Adjust the location of the devices.
Check5
Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity.
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed
nearby, the device may cause interference. Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source
as possible.
Check6
Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct.
For the procedures to connect a network device to the computer and set them up, refer to the instruction
manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer.
Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions
while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool.
Check7
Monitoring Wireless Network Status
Check8
Make sure that a valid wireless channel is used.
585
The wireless channel to be used may be limited depending on wireless network devices installed in the
computer. Refer to the instruction manual provided with your computer or your wireless network device to
specify the valid wireless channel.
Check9
Make sure that the channel confirmed in Check 8 can communicate with the
computer.
If not, change the channel set to the wireless router.
Check10
Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled.
If the firewall function of your security software is turned on, a message may appear warning that Canon
software is attempting to access the network. If the warning message appears, set the security software to
always allow access.
If using any programs that switch the network environment, check their settings. Some programs will enable a
firewall by default.
When using a router, connect the machine and computer to the LAN side
(same network segment).
Check11
When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, use
alphanumeric characters for the name of the network (SSID).
Check12
If the problem is not resolved, perform setup again according to the instructions on our website.
• For placement:
Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the wireless router and the machine.
Cannot Communicate with the Machine while It Is in the Access Point
Mode
Check1
Make sure that the machine is turned on.
Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to LAN inactive
or Wireless LAN?
Check2
Select Access point mode.
Have you selected the machine as the destination of your external
communication devices (e.g. computers, smartphones, or tablets)?
Check3
Select the access point name (SSID) of the machine with your external communication devices.
Check4
Have you entered the proper password specified for the access point mode?
If the security setting of the access point mode is enabled, you need to enter the password to connect your
external communication device to the machine. Confirm the specified password, then enter the proper one.
586
Make sure that external communication devices are not placed far away from
the machine.
Check5
Locate your external communication device close enough to communicate with the machine.
Check6
Make sure that there is no obstruction.
Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Adjust the location of the devices.
Check7
Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity.
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed
nearby, the device may cause interference. Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source
as possible.
Check8
Are you trying to connect 6 devices or more?
You can connect up to 5 devices using the access point mode.
Cannot Print or Scan from a Computer Connected to the Network
Check1
Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct.
For the procedures to set up the computer, refer to the instruction manual of your computer or contact its
manufacturer.
Check2
If the MP Drivers are not installed, install them.
Install the MP Drivers from our website.
Check3
Make sure that access control is not set to the wireless router.
For the procedures to connect a wireless router and set it up, refer to the instruction manual of your wireless
router or contact its manufacturer.
Note
• To check the MAC address or the IP address of the computer, see Checking the IP Address or the MAC
Address of the Computer.
587
Forgot a Wireless Router Name, SSID, or a Network Key
Cannot Connect with a Wireless Router to Which a WEP or WPA/WPA2 Key Is Set (You Forgot the WEP
or WPA/WPA2 Key)
How to Set an Encryption Key
Cannot Connect with a Wireless Router to Which a WEP or WPA/
WPA2 Key Is Set (You Forgot the WEP or WPA/WPA2 Key)
For information on how to set up the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with the
wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure that the computer and the wireless router can
communicate with each other.
After that, set up the machine to match the settings of the wireless router using IJ Network Tool.
How to Set an Encryption Key
For information on how to set up the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with the
wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure that the computer and the wireless router can
communicate with each other.
After that, set up the machine to match the settings of the wireless router using IJ Network Tool.
• When using WEP
The key length, key format, the key to use (one of 1 to 4), and the authentication method must match
among the wireless router, the machine, and the computer.
In order to communicate with a wireless router that uses automatically generated WEP keys, you
must configure the machine to use the key generated by the wireless router by entering it in
hexadecimal format.
Normally, select Auto for the authentication method. Otherwise, select Open System or Shared Key
according to the setting of the wireless router.
When the WEP Details screen appears after clicking Set on the Wireless Routers screen, follow the
on-screen instructions and set the key length, the key format, the key number, and the authentication
method to enter a WEP key.
For details, see Changing the WEP Detailed Settings.
Note
• When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN:
When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, confirm the settings in
Wireless Security of AirPort Utility.
• Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for the key length in the AirPort Base Station.
588
• Select 1 for Key ID:. Otherwise your computer will not be able to communicate with the
machine via the wireless router.
• When using WPA/WPA2
The authentication method, passphrase, and dynamic encryption type must match on the wireless
router, the machine, and the computer.
Enter the passphrase configured on the wireless router (a sequence of between 8 and 63
alphanumeric characters, or a 64-character hexadecimal number).
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically for the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings.
Note
• This machine supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2Personal).
589
The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten
Initialize the machine settings.
Select All data, then the administrator password returns to the default.
Reset setting
After initializing the machine settings, perform setup according to the instructions on our website.
590
Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing a Wireless Router or
Changing Its Settings
When you replace a wireless router, perform network setup of the machine again.
Perform network setup again according to the instructions on our website.
If the problem is not resolved, see below.
Cannot Communicate with the Machine after Applying MAC/IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption
Key to the Wireless Router
When Encryption Is Enabled, Cannot Communicate with the Machine after the Encryption Type Was
Switched on the Wireless Router
Cannot Communicate with the Machine after Applying MAC/IP
Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Wireless Router
Check1
Confirm the wireless router setting.
Refer to the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer to confirm the
wireless router setting. Make sure that the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other
under this setting.
If you are performing MAC address filtering or IP address filtering at the
wireless router, confirm that the MAC address or IP address for both the computer or the
network device and the machine are registered.
Check2
If you are using a WEP or WPA/WPA2 key, make sure that the encryption
key for the computer or the network device and the machine matches that set to the
wireless router.
Check3
Besides the WEP key itself, the key length, key format, the key ID to use, and the authentication method must
match among the machine, the wireless router, and the computer.
Normally, select Auto for the authentication method. If you want to specify the method manually, select Open
System or Shared Key according to the setting of the wireless router.
How to Set an Encryption Key
591
When Encryption Is Enabled, Cannot Communicate with the Machine
after the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Wireless Router
If the machine cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the machine was
switched, make sure that encryption types for the computer and the wireless router matches that set to
the machine.
Cannot Communicate with the Machine after Applying MAC/IP Address Filtering or Entering an
Encryption Key to the Wireless Router
592
Printing Speed Is Slow
Check1
The machine may be printing out a large job issued from another computer.
Check2
Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions
while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool.
Monitoring Wireless Network Status
Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the wireless router and the machine. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. The metal, concrete, or timber including the
metallic material, mud wall, or insulator may interrupt a wireless communication. If the machine cannot
communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN for the wall material, place the machine and the computer
in the same room or floor.
Check3
Make sure that there is no source of interference in your vicinity.
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby,
the device may cause interference. Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as
possible.
593
Other Problems with Network
The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen during Setup
Checking Information about the Network
How to Restore the Machine's Network Settings to Factory Default
594
The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen during Setup
The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed during Setup
The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Wireless Router in the Wireless
Routers Screen
"You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network" Is Displayed
The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed during Setup
The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the machine which has already
been set up to use via a network.
Enter the administrator password you have set.
Note
• An administrator password is already specified for the machine at the time of purchase.
For details:
About the Administrator Password
For improving security, we recommend to change the administrator password.
Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet
The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the
Wireless Router in the Wireless Routers Screen
This screen is displayed automatically if the selected wireless router is encrypted. In this case, configure
the details to use the same encryption settings set to the wireless router.
For information on the encryption settings, see Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet.
"You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless
network" Is Displayed
595
Security is not configured on the wireless router. The machine can still be used, so continue the setup
procedure to complete it.
Important
• If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of disclosing
data such as your personal information to a third party.
596
Checking Information about the Network
Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Machine
Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer
Checking If the Computer and the Machine, or Computer and the Wireless Router Can Communicate
Checking the Network Setting Information
Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Machine
To check the IP address or the MAC address of the machine, print out the network setting information
using the operation panel of the machine.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
To display the network setting information using IJ Network Tool, select Network Information on the
View menu.
Canon IJ Network Tool Menus
Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer
To check the IP address or MAC address assigned to the computer, follow the procedure below.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu, then click Network.
2. Make sure that the network interface you are using on your computer is selected, then
click Advanced.
Make sure that Wi-Fi is selected as the network interface.
3. Confirm the IP address or MAC address.
Click TCP/IP to confirm the IP address.
Click Hardware to confirm the MAC address.
Checking If the Computer and the Machine, or Computer and the
Wireless Router Can Communicate
To check that communication is available, perform the ping test.
1. Open the Utilities folder in the Applications folder.
597
2. Start Network Utility.
3. Click the Ping button.
4. Make sure that Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.
5. Enter the IP address of the target machine or the target wireless router in Enter the
network address to ping..
6. Click Ping.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following is displayed.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics --3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If the packet loss is 100%, the communication is not available. Otherwise, the computer is
communicating with the target device.
Checking the Network Setting Information
To check the network setting information of the machine, print out the network setting information using
the operation panel of the machine.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
598
How to Restore the Machine's Network Settings to Factory Default
Important
• Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine, and printing or scanning operation
from a computer over network becomes impossible. To use the machine over network, perform setup
according to the instructions on our website.
Select LAN settings on the operation panel of the machine to initialize the network setting.
Reset setting
599
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
600
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot print from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the machine.
Confirm the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with the Machine while It Is in the Access Point Mode
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or details on how to perform settings of each
connection method:
Using PIXMA Cloud Link
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device
Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the machine, check the following.
Check1
Make sure that the machine is turned on.
Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to LAN inactive
or Access point mode?
Check2
Select Wireless LAN.
Check3
Are the network settings of the machine identical with those of the wireless
router?
Make sure that the network settings of the machine (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the machine, print out the network setting information.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
If the network settings of the machine are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the network
settings of the machine to match with those of the wireless router using IJ Network Tool.
Are the network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of the
wireless router?
Check4
Make sure that the network settings of your smartphone/tablet (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key,
etc.) are identical with those of the wireless router.
601
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check5
Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the wireless router.
The wireless router is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication. Locate the
machine within 164 ft. / 50 m from the wireless router.
Check6
Make sure that there is no obstruction.
Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Adjust the location of the devices.
Check7
Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity.
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed
nearby, the device may cause interference. Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source
as possible.
Cannot Communicate with the Machine while It Is in the Access Point Mode
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the machine in the access point mode, check the
following.
Check1
Make sure that the machine is turned on.
Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to LAN inactive
or Wireless LAN?
Check2
Select Access point mode.
Check3
Confirm the settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure that your smartphone/tablet can use the wireless LAN.
For details on how to perform setting of the wireless LAN, refer to the instruction manual provided with your
smartphone/tablet.
Check4
Have you selected the machine as the destination of your smartphone/tablet?
Select the access point name (SSID) of the machine with your smartphone/tablet.
Check5
Have you entered the proper password specified for the access point mode?
If the security setting of the access point mode is enabled, you need to enter the password to connect your
smartphone/tablet to the machine. Confirm the specified password, then enter the proper one.
Check6
Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the wireless router.
Locate your smartphone/tablet close enough to communicate with the machine.
Check7
Make sure that there is no obstruction.
Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Adjust the location of the devices.
Check8
Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity.
602
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed
nearby, the device may cause interference. Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source
as possible.
Check9
Are you trying to connect 6 smartphones/tablets or more?
You can connect up to 5 smartphones/tablets using the access point mode.
603
Problems with Printing
Printing Does Not Start
Paper Jams
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Ink Is Not Ejected
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs
Copying/Printing Stops Before It Is Completed
604
Printing Does Not Start
Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in, then press the ON button
Check1
to turn the machine on.
While the POWER lamp is flashing, the machine is initializing. Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and
remains lit.
Note
• When printing large data such as a photo or graphics, it may take longer to start printing. While the
POWER lamp is flashing, the computer is processing data and sending it to the machine. Wait until printing
starts.
Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer properly.
Check2
When the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable, make sure that the USB cable is securely
plugged in to the machine and the computer, then check the followings:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the machine directly to the
computer, and try printing again. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Consult
the reseller of the relay device for details.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and try printing again.
When you use the machine over LAN, make sure that the machine is set up to be used over network correctly.
Is the access point mode enabled?
Check3
When you print using a mode other than the access point mode, disable the access point mode in advance.
Check4
Make sure that the paper output tray is open.
Check5
Are the paper settings identical with those registered to the cassette?
When the paper settings are not identical with those registered to the cassette, an error message is displayed.
Resolve the error according to the instructions on the LCD.
Paper setting for Printing
Note
• You can disable the message which prevents misprinting.
• To change the setting using the operation panel:
Cassette settings
• To change the setting using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
605
If you are printing from the computer and there are any unnecessary print jobs,
delete them.
Check6
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check7
Make sure that your machine's name is selected in the Print dialog.
The machine will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
Make sure that your machine's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
• To make the machine the one selected by default, select the machine for Default printer.
Check8
Restart your computer if you are printing from the computer.
606
Paper Jams
When paper is jammed, a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically. Take the appropriate action
described in the message.
• When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen:
* The screen differs depending on the OS you are using.
• When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the LCD:
For details on how to remove the jammed paper, refer to List of Support Code for Error (When Paper Is
Jammed).
Note
• You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer or on the LCD by
searching a Support Code.
Click Here to Search
607
Print Results Not Satisfactory
If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, confirm the
paper and print quality settings first.
Check1
Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded
paper?
When these settings are incorrect, you cannot obtain a proper print result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
To copy by operating the machine Confirm by using the operation panel on the machine.
Setting Items for Copying
To print from a computer
Confirm by using the printer driver.
Printing with Easy Setup
Check2
Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected referring to the table in
Check 1.
Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality and try printing again.
Check3
If the problem is not resolved, there may be other causes.
See also the sections below:
Cannot Print to End of Job
No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks
Colors Are Unclear
Lines Are Misaligned
Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
Back of the Paper Is Smudged
Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout
Colors Are Uneven or Streaked
If the Printed Paper Has Been Discolored
Colors may fade with time if the printed paper is left for a long period of time.
608
After printing, dry the paper sufficiently, avoid high temperatures, high humidity, and direct sunlight, and
store or display indoors at room temperature and normal humidity.
To avoid direct exposure to air, we recommend that you store the paper in an album, plastic folder, photo
frame, etc.
609
Cannot Print to End of Job
Check
Is the space of your computer's hard disk sufficient?
Delete unnecessary files to free disk space.
610
No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors Are Wrong/White
Streaks
No Printing Results
Printing Is Blurred
Colors Are Wrong
611
White Streaks
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance
operations such as Print Head Cleaning.
Check2
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
• If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
After performing the Print Head Cleaning, print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the machine and
perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours. When you turn the machine off, do not unplug it
from the power supply.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
Check3
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace it with a new one.
When using paper with one printable surface, make sure that the paper is
loaded with the printable side facing down.
Check4
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
Load paper with the printable side facing down.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
Check5
Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Open the paper output cover, then remove the FINE cartridges.
612
Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.
When the FINE cartridge is installed properly, you hear an electric sound once.
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the paper output cover.
• When copying, see also the sections below:
Check6
Is the platen glass or the glass of ADF dirty?
Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Note
• If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
Check7
Check that the original is loaded correctly on the platen glass or in the ADF.
Loading Originals
Check8
Is the original document is loaded with the proper side facing up/down?
When loading the original on the platen glass, the side to be copied should be face down. When loading the
original in the ADF, the side to be copied should be face up.
Check9
Did you copy a printout done by this machine?
If you use a printout done by this machine as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the
condition of the original.
Print from the machine directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
613
Colors Are Unclear
Check1
Is the Nozzle Check Pattern printed properly?
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
• If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
After performing the Print Head Cleaning, print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the machine and
perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours. When you turn the machine off, do not unplug it
from the power supply.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
Check2
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace it with a new one.
Check3
Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Open the paper output cover, then remove the FINE cartridges.
Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.
When the FINE cartridge is installed properly, you hear an electric sound once.
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the paper output cover.
Note
• Printed colors may not match screen colors due to basic differences in the methods used to produce
colors. Color control settings and environmental differences can also affect how colors appear on the
screen. Therefore, colors of printing results may be different from those on the screen.
614
Lines Are Misaligned
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
Perform Print Head Alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment, perform Print Head Alignment
manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer.
Check3
Increase the print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality on the operation panel of the machine or in the printer driver may improve the print
result.
615
Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots
Printed Paper Has Ink Blots
Printed Paper Curls
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
If the intensity is set high, reduce the intensity setting and try printing again.
If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
• When printing from your computer
You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver.
Adjusting Intensity
• When copying
Setting Items for Copying
Check3
Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs?
When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color, we recommend
using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper.
Media Types You Can Use
616
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
Paper Is Smudged
The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged
Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
Is the appropriate type of paper used? Check the followings:
• Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose.
Media Types You Can Use
• When performing Borderless Printing, make sure that the paper you are using is suitable for Borderless
Printing.
If the paper you are using is not suitable for Borderless Printing, the print quality may be reduced at the top
and bottom edges of the paper.
Printing Area
Check3
Load the paper after correcting its curl.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. If you roll
up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface.
• For Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
617
• For Other Paper
If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0.1 inch / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may be
smudged or may not be fed properly. In such cases, follow the procedure described below to correct the
paper curl.
1. Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below.
2. Check that the paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on the media type, the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not
curled inward. In such cases, follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0.1
inch / 3 mm (B) in height before printing. This may improve the print result.
(C) Printing side
We recommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the loaded
paper. If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the loaded paper, set the machine
to prevent paper abrasion by using the operation panel or the computer.
Print speed may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper abrasion setting.
* Readjust the setting not to prevent paper abrasion once printing is complete. If not, this setting remains
enabled for all subsequent print jobs.
• To set by using the operation panel
Press the Setup button, then select Device settings and Output settings in this order, then set Prevent
abrasion to ON.
Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD
618
• To set by using your computer
In the Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu, select the Prevent paper
abrasion check box, and then click Apply.
To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility, see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility.
If the intensity is set high, reduce the intensity setting and try printing again.
Check5
If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
• When printing from your computer
Reduce the intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again.
1. Open the Print dialog.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
2. Select Color Options in the pop-up menu.
3. Drag the Intensity slide bar to set the intensity.
• When copying
Setting Items for Copying
Check6
Is printing performed beyond the recommended printing area?
If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper, the lower edge of the paper
may become stained with ink.
Resize your original document in your application software.
Printing Area
Check7
Is the platen glass or the glass of ADF dirty?
Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Note
• If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
Check8
Is the paper feed roller dirty?
Clean the paper feed roller.
Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller, so perform this procedure only when necessary.
Check9
Is the inside of the machine dirty?
619
When performing duplex printing, the inside of the machine may become stained with ink, causing the printout to
become smudged.
Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine.
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
• To prevent the inside of the machine from stains, set the paper size correctly.
Check10
Set the time to dry the printed surface longer.
Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
2. Open the Canon IJ Printer Utility.
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility
3. Select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu.
4. Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time: slide bar to set the wait time, and then click Apply.
5. Confirm the message and click OK.
620
Back of the Paper Is Smudged
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine.
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
• When performing borderless printing, duplex printing, or too much printing, the inside may become stained
with ink.
621
Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout
Check
Is the size of the loaded paper correct?
The vertical lines may be printed in the margin if the size of the loaded paper is larger than that you have
specified.
Set the paper size correctly according to the paper you loaded.
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Note
• The direction of the vertical line pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
• This machine performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink
is ejected for cleaning.
Although ink is usually ejected on the ink absorber, it may be ejected on the paper if you load paper larger
than that you have specified.
622
Colors Are Uneven or Streaked
Colors Are Uneven
Colors Are Streaked
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance
operations such as Print Head Cleaning.
Check2
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
• If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
After performing the Print Head Cleaning, print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
623
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the machine and
perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours. When you turn the machine off, do not unplug it
from the power supply.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
Check3
Perform Print Head Alignment.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment, perform Print Head Alignment
manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer.
624
Ink Is Not Ejected
Check1
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace it with a new one.
Check2
Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Open the paper output cover, then remove the FINE cartridges.
Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.
When the FINE cartridge is installed properly, you hear an electric sound once.
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the paper output cover.
Check3
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
• If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
After performing the Print Head Cleaning, print the Nozzle Check Pattern and examine the pattern.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the machine and
perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours. When you turn the machine off, do not unplug it
from the power supply.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
625
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs
Check1
Make sure that paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2
Make sure of the following when you load paper.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, flip through the paper before loading.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of
paper or environmental conditions (either very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce
the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
• Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
• When you load the paper, load the paper with the print side facing DOWN and slide the paper guides to
align with the both sides of the paper.
Loading Paper
• When you load the paper, insert the paper stack until the leading edge touches the far end of the front tray.
Check3
Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled.
Media Types You Cannot Use
Check4
Make sure of the following when you load envelopes.
When printing on envelopes, refer to Loading Paper, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5
Is the cassette set properly?
Push the cassette so that the
mark on the cassette aligns with the front panel as illustrated below.
626
When the cassette is set properly, you hear an electric sound once.
Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings correspond with the
loaded paper.
Check6
If multiple sheets of plain paper is fed from the machine, select the setting for
preventing double-feed of plain paper.
Check7
If multiple sheets of plain paper is fed from the machine, select the setting for preventing double-feed of plain
paper using the operation panel or your computer.
* After printing is finished, disable the setting for preventing double-feed of plain paper; otherwise, the setting is
applied from the next time.
• To set by using the operation panel
Press the Setup button, select Device settings and Output settings in this order, and then set Prevent
double-feed to ON.
Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD
• To set by using your computer
In the Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu, select the Prevent paper
double-feed check box, and then click Apply.
To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility, see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility.
Note
• Printing speed will be reduced if Prevent paper double-feed function is enabled.
Check8
Clean the paper feed roller.
Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller, so perform this procedure only when necessary.
627
Copying/Printing Stops Before It Is Completed
Check1
Is the paper loaded?
Make sure that paper is loaded.
If the machine has run out of paper, load paper.
Check2
Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations?
As printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the machine and the computer to process, the
machine may appear to have stopped operating.
In addition, when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper, the machine may
pause temporarily. In either case, wait until the process is complete.
Note
• If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document, printing
may pause to allow the ink to dry.
Check3
Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period?
If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time, the print head or other parts around it may
overheat. The machine may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing.
In this case, wait for a while without operation. If the printing still does not resume, interrupt your print session at
a convenient time and turn the machine off for at least 15 minutes.
Caution
• The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the machine. Never touch the
print head or nearby components.
628
Problems with Faxing
Problems Sending Faxes
Problems Receiving Faxes
Cannot Send a Fax Clearly
Telephone Problems
629
Problems Sending Faxes
Cannot Send a Fax
Cannot Perform Sequential Broadcasting by Redialing, or Cannot Dial by
Entering the Numbers
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
630
Cannot Send a Fax
Check1
Is the power turned on?
• You cannot send faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on.
• If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power (the POWER lamp is lit), reconnecting it turns
on the power automatically.
• If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (the POWER lamp is
off), reconnect it, then press the ON button to turn on the power.
• If the power was turned off due to power failure, etc., the power is automatically turned on when the power
failure is resolved.
Important
• Confirm that the POWER lamp is off before unplugging the power cord, then unplug the power cord.
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the machine's memory are
deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord.
Note
• If the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord,
the list of the faxes deleted from the machine's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed after
turning the machine on.
For details, see Summary of Reports and Lists.
Check2
Is the document being sent from memory or the fax being received into
memory?
When the message for the transmission/reception is displayed on the LCD, a fax is being sent from/received into
machine's memory. Wait until the transmission/reception is complete.
Check3
Is the machine's memory full?
Delete contents in memory, then send a fax again.
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
Check4
Is the telephone line type set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting the Telephone Line Type
Check5
Is Hook setting set to Disable?
When you send a fax manually, dial the number with Enable selected for Hook setting in Security control
under Fax settings, or dial the number using the telephone connected to the machine.
631
Security control
Check6
Is Dial tone detect set to ON?
Resend the fax after a while.
If you still cannot send the fax, select OFF for Dial tone detect in Adv. FAX settings under Fax settings.
Adv. FAX settings
Check7
Is the fax number registered correctly in the machine's directory?
Check the recipient's fax/telephone number, correct the fax/telephone number registered in the machine's
directory, then send the document again.
Changing Registered Information
Note
• You can check the registered information in the machine's directory by printing RECIPIENT TELEPHONE
NUMBER LIST.
Summary of Reports and Lists
Check8
Does an error occur during transmission?
• Ensure that a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen. When a message is displayed on the Fax
standby screen, check the cause.
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the Fax Standby Screen
• Print ACTIVITY REPORT and check for an error.
Summary of Reports and Lists
Check9
Is the document loaded properly?
Remove the document, then reload it on the platen glass or in the ADF.
Loading Originals
Check10
Does a printer error occur?
Ensure that an error message is displayed on the LCD. When an error message is displayed on the LCD, check
the cause.
When the error message with the support code is displayed, refer to List of Support Code for Error.
When the error message without the support code is displayed, refer to A Message Is Displayed.
If you are in a hurry, press the Stop button to close the message, then send the fax.
Check11
Is the telephone line connected correctly?
Reconnect the telephone line cable to the telephone line jack.
Basic Connection
If the telephone line is connected correctly, there is a problem with your telephone line. Contact your telephone
company and the manufacturer of your terminal adapter or telephone adapter.
632
Cannot Perform Sequential Broadcasting by Redialing, or Cannot
Dial by Entering the Numbers
Check
Have you already selected the recipient from the redial history, or already dialed
a number by entering the fax/telephone numbers?
You can dial one recipient by selecting from the redial history or by entering the fax/telephone numbers as the
recipient of sequential broadcasting.
If you already have dialed by selecting from the redial history or by entering the fax/telephone numbers, select
the recipient from the machine's directory.
633
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
Check
Check the telephone line condition or the connection.
If the telephone line or connection is poor, reducing the transmission start speed may correct the error.
Reduce the transmission start speed on TX start speed in Adv. communication in Adv. FAX settings under
Fax settings.
Adv. FAX settings
634
Problems Receiving Faxes
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax
Machine Does Not Switch Automatically between Voice and Fax Calls
Quality of Received Fax is Poor
Cannot Receive a Color Fax
Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax
635
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax
Check1
Is the power turned on?
• You cannot receive faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on.
• If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power (the POWER lamp is lit), reconnecting it turns
on the power automatically.
• If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (the POWER lamp is
off), reconnect it, then press the ON button to turn on the power.
• If the power was turned off due to power failure, etc., the power is automatically turned on when the power
failure is resolved.
Important
• Confirm that the POWER lamp is off before unplugging the power cord, then unplug the power cord.
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the machine's memory are
deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord.
Note
• If the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord,
the list of the faxes deleted from the machine's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed after
turning the machine on.
For details, see Summary of Reports and Lists.
Check2
Is the machine's memory full?
Print the received faxes stored in the machine's memory, delete them from the machine's memory, and have the
sender resend the faxes.
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
Check3
Does an error occur during reception?
• Ensure that a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen. When a message is displayed on the Fax
standby screen, check the cause.
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the Fax Standby Screen
• Print ACTIVITY REPORT and check for an error.
Summary of Reports and Lists
Check4
Is the telephone line cable connected to the external device jack?
Reconnect it to the telephone line jack.
Basic Connection
636
Is a different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper
settings loaded?
Check5
If a different size of paper from that specified by Page size is loaded for printing faxes, the received faxes will not
be printed and will be stored in the machine's memory (Memory Reception). Load the same size of paper as that
specified by Page size, then press the OK button on the machine.
Check6
Is paper loaded?
If paper is not loaded, received faxes will be stored in the machine's memory without being printed (Memory
Reception). Load paper, then press the OK button.
Check7
Is the amount of remaining ink sufficient to print a fax?
If the amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print, received faxes will be stored in the machine's memory
without being printed (Memory Reception). Replace the FINE cartridge, then print the faxes in the machine's
memory.
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
Note
• If the machine was receiving faxes in the fax mode, printing will start automatically after the FINE cartridge
is replaced.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
• You can set the machine to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out.
Set Print when no ink in Auto print settings under Fax settings to Print.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the machine's memory.
If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received documents in
Auto print settings under Fax settings to store the received fax in the machine's memory. After you
replace the FINE cartridge and select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings, the fax
stored in the machine's memory will be printed automatically.
Auto print settings
Check8
Is the machine set to the appropriate receive mode?
Check the receive mode setting and change it to a mode suited to your connection if necessary.
Setting the Receive Mode
Check9
Is FAX RX reject set to ON?
Select OFF for FAX RX reject in Security control under Fax settings.
For details on how to set, see Rejecting Fax Reception.
Check10
Are there setting items set Reject in Caller rejection?
If you select Reject for any setting items in Caller rejection in Security control under Fax settings, the
machine rejects calls for setting item selected Reject.
For details on how to set, see Using the Caller ID Service to Reject Calls.
637
Machine Does Not Switch Automatically between Voice and Fax
Calls
Check
Is the receive mode set to Fax only mode?
If Fax only mode is selected for Receive mode set. under FAX menu, there will be no automatic switching
between voice and fax calls.
Set the receive mode to TEL priority mode, DRPD*1, or Network switch*2.
If the receive mode is TEL priority mode and an answering machine is connected to the machine, check
whether a proper message is played back when the answering machine answers.
Setting the Receive Mode
*1 This setting is available only in the US and Canada.
*2 This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
638
Quality of Received Fax is Poor
Check1
Check the scan settings of the sender's fax machine.
Ask the sender to adjust the scan settings of the fax machine.
Check2
Is ECM RX set to OFF?
Select ON for ECM RX in Adv. communication in Adv. FAX settings under Fax settings.
If ECM RX is enabled, the sender's fax machine resends the fax after correcting errors automatically.
Adv. FAX settings
Check3
Is the sender's original document or scanning area of the sender's fax machine
dirty?
The image quality of the fax is mainly determined by the sender's fax machine. Contact the sender and ask the
sender to check whether the scanning area of the fax machine is dirty.
Is ECM transmission/reception enabled although the line/connection is poor, or
is the sender's fax machine compatible with ECM?
Check4
• Select ON for ECM RX in Adv. communication in Adv. FAX settings under Fax settings.
Adv. FAX settings
• Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the machine is set to enable ECM transmission.
If the sender's or recipient's fax machine is not compatible with ECM, the fax will be sent/received without
automatic error correction.
• Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Adv. communication in Adv. FAX settings under
Fax settings.
Adv. FAX settings
Check5
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
639
Cannot Receive a Color Fax
Check
Is ECM RX set to OFF?
If OFF is select for ECM RX in Adv. communication in Adv. FAX settings under Fax settings, the machine
cannot receive color faxes. The machine will disconnect the telephone line or receive color faxes in black & white
according to the setting of the sender's fax machine.
Set ECM RX to ON.
Adv. FAX settings
640
Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax
Check1
Check the telephone line condition or the connection.
If the telephone line or connection is poor, reducing the reception start speed may correct the error.
Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Adv. communication in Adv. FAX settings under Fax
settings.
Adv. FAX settings
Check2
Is the sender's fax machine operating normally?
Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the fax machine is operating normally.
641
Cannot Send a Fax Clearly
Check1
Is the document loaded correctly?
Remove the document, then reload it on the platen glass or in the ADF.
Loading Originals
Is the platen glass and/or the inner side of the document cover and/or the glass
of ADF dirty?
Check2
Clean the platen glass and/or the inner side of the document cover and/or the glass of ADF, then reload the
document.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Note
• If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
Is the image quality setting or the scan contrast setting suitable for the
document?
Check3
On the LCD, select an image quality setting and a scan contrast setting that are suitable for the document.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
Is the original document loaded with the wrong side facing upwards or
downwards?
Check4
When loading a document on the platen glass, the side to be scanned should be face down.
When loading a document in the ADF, the side to be scanned should be face up.
Check5
Are you scanning thick or curled documents?
Thick or curled documents may not be sent as good quality faxes, because of a shadow or distortion caused
when such documents are scanned.
When loading a document on the platen glass, press on the document cover with your hand when scanning.
642
Telephone Problems
Cannot Dial
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
643
Cannot Dial
Check1
Is the telephone line cable connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable is connected correctly.
Basic Connection
Check2
Is the telephone line type of the machine or the external device set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting the Telephone Line Type
644
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
Check
Is the telephone line cable or the telephone (or a peripheral device such as an
external telephone, an answering machine, or a computer modem) connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable and the telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external telephone, an
answering machine, or a computer modem) are connected correctly.
Connecting the Telephone Line
645
Problems with Scanning
Problems with Scanning
Scan Results Not Satisfactory
646
Problems with Scanning
Scanner Does Not Work
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear
Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time
Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan
Slow Scanning Speed
"There is not enough memory." Message Is Displayed
Computer Stops Operating during Scanning
Scanned Image Does Not Open
647
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
Check 3
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4
Restart the computer.
648
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure that the scanner driver is installed.
If not installed, install the scanner driver from the web page.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
Check 3
Make sure that the application supports the ICA (Image Capture Architecture)
driver.
You cannot start the scanner driver from applications not supporting the ICA driver.
Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your
application.
Check 4
649
Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not
Appear
Check 1
Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
Turn off your scanner or printer, then reconnect the USB cable and replug the
power cord.
Check 3
Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4
Check 5
Make sure that the scanner driver is installed.
If not installed, install the scanner driver from the web page.
Check 6
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
Check 7
Make sure that the application supports the ICA driver.
You cannot start the scanner driver from applications not supporting the ICA driver.
Check 8
Exit the scanner driver if it is running on another application.
650
Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time
Check 1
Make sure that the items are placed correctly.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
Check 2
Check if you can properly scan one item.
Some applications do not support multiple image scanning. In that case, scan each item individually.
651
Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan
Check 1
Make sure that the items are placed correctly.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
Check 2
Multiple item scanning may not be supported.
Some applications do not support multiple image scanning. In that case, scan each item individually.
652
Slow Scanning Speed
Check 1
To view the image on a monitor, set the output resolution to around 150 dpi. To
print, set it to around 300 dpi.
Resolution
Check 2
Set Fading Correction, Grain Correction, etc. to None.
Refer to "Image Corrections and Color Adjustments" for details.
In IJ Scan Utility, deselect the Correct slanted text document / Detect the
orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again.
Check 3
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
653
"There is not enough memory." Message Is Displayed
Check 1
Exit other applications and try again.
Check 2
Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again.
Resolution
654
Computer Stops Operating during Scanning
Check 1
Restart the computer, reduce the output resolution and scan again.
Resolution
Check 2
Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space, then scan
again.
Error message may appear if there is not enough hard disk space to scan and save, when the image size is too
large (such as when scanning a large item at high resolution).
In Folder to Save Temporary Files of IJ Scan Utility, specify a folder on a
drive with sufficient free space.
Check 3
Settings (General Settings) Dialog
Check 4
Multiple devices may be connected to USB ports.
Disconnect devices other than your scanner or printer.
655
Scanned Image Does Not Open
Check
If the data format is not supported by the application, scan the image again and
select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it.
Refer to the application's manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the
application.
656
Scan Results Not Satisfactory
Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor
Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas
Cannot Scan at the Correct Size
Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning
from the Operation Panel
Item Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted
Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor
657
Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor
Check 1
If the image is jagged, increase the scanning resolution, or select TIFF or PNG
in Data Format of the Settings dialog.
Resolution
Settings Dialog
Check 2
Set the display size to 100 %.
Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small.
Check 3
If moire (stripe pattern) appears, take the following measures and scan again.
• Set one of the following settings in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog, Settings (Custom Scan) dialog,
or Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog of IJ Scan Utility, then scan from the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
◦ Set Select Source to Magazine and set Color Mode to Color
◦ Select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog
• Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen, then set one of the following settings.
◦ Select Magazine for Image Adjustment
◦ Select the Descreen checkbox
Refer to "Image Corrections and Color Adjustments" for details.
Note
• If moire appears when you scan a digital print photo, take the above measures and scan again.
Check 4
Clean the platen and document cover.
If the item is in poor condition (dirty, faded, etc.), click Driver in the IJ Scan
Utility main screen, then set Reduce Dust, Fading Correction, Grain Correction, etc.
Check 5
Refer to "Image Corrections and Color Adjustments" for details.
If the color tone of images is different from the original document, take the
following measures and scan again.
Check 6
Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen, then set Image Adjustment to None.
Refer to "Image Corrections and Color Adjustments" for details.
658
Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas
Check
Specify the scan area.
Manually specify the scan area when there are white margins or unwanted areas along the edges of the scanned
images in the Image Stitch window.
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
659
Cannot Scan at the Correct Size
Check
Make sure that the items are placed correctly.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
660
Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When
Scanning from the Operation Panel
Check 1
Make sure that the items are placed correctly.
Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)
Check 2
Check that the settings match the item to be scanned.
If you cannot scan properly by automatically detecting the item type, specify the item type and size.
When Scanning from the Operation Panel:
Refer to "Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine" for your model from Home of the
Online Manual for details on the setting items when scanning from the operation panel.
When Scanning with IJ Scan Utility:
Scanning Documents
Scanning Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
661
Item Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted
Check
When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source, deselect the
Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again.
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog
662
Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor
Check 1
Change the display setting in the application.
Refer to the application's manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the
application.
Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen, then change the resolution
setting and scan again.
Check 2
The higher the resolution, the larger the resulting image will be.
Resolution
663
Problems with the Machine
The Machine Cannot Be Powered On
The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally
Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly
Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection
LCD Cannot Be Seen At All
An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD
FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing
664
The Machine Cannot Be Powered On
Check1
Press the ON button.
Check2
Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the power cord
connector of the machine, then turn it back on.
Check3
Unplug the machine from the power supply, then plug the machine back in and
turn the machine back on after leaving it for at least 3 minutes.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
665
The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally
Check
Disable the setting to turn the unit off automatically.
The machine turns off automatically according to the elapsed time you specified if the setting to turn the unit off
automatically is enabled.
If you do not want the machine to turn off automatically, open Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Power Settings in
the pop-up menu, then select Disable for Auto Power Off on Auto Power.
Note
• You can also enable the machine to turn off automatically from the operation panel of the machine.
Auto power off
666
Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly
Printing or Scanning Speed Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does
Not Work
If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi-Speed USB, the machine will operate at a lower
speed provided under USB 1.1. In this case, the machine operates properly but printing or scanning
speed may slow down due to communication speed.
Check
Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi-
Speed USB connection.
• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
• Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the cable is no longer than around
10 feet / 3 meters.
• Does the operating system of your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Obtain and install the latest update for your computer.
• Does the Hi-Speed USB driver operate properly?
Obtain the latest version of the Hi-Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on
your computer.
Important
• For details on Hi-Speed USB of your system environment, contact the manufacturer of your computer,
USB cable, or USB hub.
667
Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection
Check1
Make sure that the machine is turned on.
Check2
Make sure that the USB cable is connected properly.
See Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable to connect the USB cable properly.
Check3
Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing.
Check4
Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running.
668
LCD Cannot Be Seen At All
• If the POWER lamp is off:
The machine is not powered on. Connect the power cord and press the ON button.
• If the POWER lamp is lit:
The LCD may be in the screen-saver mode. Press a button other than the ON button on the operation
panel.
669
An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD
Select the language you want to be displayed according to the following procedure.
1. Press the Setup button, then wait for about 5 seconds.
2. Press the
button twice, then press the OK button.
3. Press the
button twice, then press the OK button.
4. Press the
button repeatedly to display the rightmost menu.
5. Press the
button 3 times, then press the OK button.
6. Use the
button to select the language for the LCD, then press the OK button.
The desired language is displayed on the LCD.
7. Press the Stop button.
670
FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing
Check1
Is the POWER lamp off?
Check if the POWER lamp is lit.
The FINE cartridge holder will not move unless the power is on. If the POWER lamp is off, close the paper output
cover and turn the machine on.
Check2
Is the Alarm lamp flashing?
Close the paper output cover, confirm the number of times the Alarm lamp is flashing, take the appropriate
action to resolve the error, and then reopen it. For details on how to resolve the error, see List of Support Code
for Error.
Check3
Has the paper output cover been left open for 10 minutes or longer?
If the paper output cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the FINE cartridge holder moves to the position to
protect it to prevent the print head from drying out. Close and reopen the paper output cover to return the FINE
cartridge holder to the position for replacing.
Check4
Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period?
If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time, the FINE cartridge holder may not move to the
position for replacing since the print head may overheat.
Note
• Do not open the paper output cover while printing is in progress; otherwise, an error occurs
671
Problems with Installation/Downloading
Cannot Install the MP Drivers
Uninstalling IJ Network Tool
672
Cannot Install the MP Drivers
Download the driver from the support page of our website, then reinstall it.
673
Uninstalling IJ Network Tool
Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer.
Important
• Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled, you can print over network or scan from the computer. However,
you cannot change the network settings over network.
1. Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder, double-click Canon Utilities > IJ
Network Tool, drag the Canon IJ Network Tool icon into the Trash.
2. Restart the computer.
Empty the Trash and restart your computer.
Note
• To reinstall IJ Network Tool, uninstall IJ Network Tool, then install it again from our website.
674
About Errors/Messages Displayed
If an Error Occurs
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the Fax Standby Screen
A Message Is Displayed
675
If an Error Occurs
When an error occurs in printing such as the machine is out of paper or paper is jammed, a troubleshooting
message is displayed automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When an error occurs, a Support Code (error number) is displayed on the computer screen or the LCD.
• When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen:
* The screen differs depending on the OS you are using.
• When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the LCD:
Note
• You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a
Support Code.
Click Here to Search
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see A Message Is Displayed.
676
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the Fax Standby Screen
If a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen, take the corresponding action described below.
Message
Action
Auto redial
The machine is waiting to redial the recipient's number because the line was busy or the recipient did
not answer when you tried to send a document. Wait for the machine to automatically redial the
number. If you want to cancel automatic redialing, wait until the machine starts dialing the number, then
press the Stop button. You can also delete the document from machine's memory to cancel automatic
redialing.
Resending Faxes (Redialing a Busy Number)
Hang up
phone
The handset is not placed in the handset cradle correctly.
Try again in
The recipient's fax machine is not color-compatible.
B&W
Press the Black button to resend the fax.
Replace the handset correctly.
Alternatively, you select If incompat., B&W for Color transmission in Adv. FAX settings under Fax
settings. The machine converts color documents into black & white data if the recipient's fax machine
does not support color faxing.
Adv. FAX settings
No tone
The telephone line cable with a modular plug may not be plugged in properly.
detected
Make sure that the cable is plugged in properly, and resend the fax after a while. If you still cannot send
the fax, select OFF for Dial tone detect in Adv. FAX settings under Fax settings.
Adv. FAX settings
Received in
memory
If the machine receives a fax under one of the following conditions, the machine will not be able to print
the received fax and will store it in the machine's memory. When the problem is resolved as described,
the fax stored in the machine's memory is printed automatically.
• The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax:
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
• You can set the machine to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out.
Set Print when no ink in Auto print settings under Fax settings to Print.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the machine's memory.
If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received
documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings to store the received fax in the
machine's memory. After you replace the FINE cartridge and select Print for Received
documents in Auto print settings, the fax stored in the machine's memory will be printed
automatically.
677
Auto print settings
• Paper has run out:
Load the paper and press the OK button.
• A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded:
Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size, then press the OK button.
• You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax:
Press the FAX button to resume printing of the fax.
• Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings:
You can print the faxes stored in the machine's memory from the Memory reference screen under
FAX menu.
Printing a Document in Machine's Memory
Note
• To print the received faxes automatically, select Print for Received documents in Auto print
settings under Fax settings.
Auto print settings
• If you did not print the fax stored in the machine's memory (e.g., if you did not resolve the problem
by pressing the Stop button), you can delete or print the fax stored in the machine's memory later.
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
Busy/no
signal
• The recipient's number you dialed is busy.
Try dialing again after waiting for a moment.
Resending Faxes (Redialing a Busy Number)
• The fax/telephone number dialed is incorrect.
Check the fax/telephone number and dial again.
• The recipient's fax machine did not respond (after all automatic redialing attempts).
Contact the recipient and have the recipient check the fax machine. For an overseas call, add
pauses to the registered number.
• The recipient is not using a G3 machine.
The machine cannot send or receive documents to/from a fax machine that is incompatible with the
G3 standard. Contact the recipient and ask the recipient to check whether the fax machine is G3
compatible.
• The touch tone/rotary pulse setting on the machine is incorrect.
Set the machine to match the telephone line you are using.
Setting the Telephone Line Type
Memory is
full
The machine's memory is full because it has sent/received too many documents, or a detailed
document.
Print the faxes stored in the machine's memory and delete them from the machine's memory.
Document Stored in Machine's Memory
When sending a fax, resend it. If this message still appears, delete the faxes stored in the machine's
memory, divide the faxes for sending, and send them again.
When receiving a fax, have the sender resend the faxes.
678
FAX info
does not
match
Transmission has been canceled because the machine could not detect the recipient's fax machine
information or the information did not match the dialed number. This message is displayed when
Check RX FAX info in Security control under Fax settings is set to ON.
For details, see Sending Faxes after Checking Information (Checking the Recipient's Information).
Reception
rejected
Reception has been rejected because the fax matches the fax rejection condition specified by FAX RX
reject in Security control under Fax settings.
For details, see Rejecting Fax Reception.
Waiting for
report
If the machine receives a fax under one of the following conditions, the machine will not be able to print
the reports. When the problem is resolved as described, the reports are printed automatically.
• The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a report:
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
• Paper has run out:
Load the paper and press the OK button.
• A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded:
Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size, then press the OK button.
• You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a report:
Press the FAX button to resume printing of the report.
679
A Message Is Displayed
This section describes some of the errors or messages.
Note
• A Support Code (error number) is displayed on the computer or on the LCD for some error or message.
For details on errors with Support Codes, refer to List of Support Code for Error.
If a message is displayed on the LCD, see below.
• A Message Is Displayed on the LCD
If a message is displayed on the computer, see below.
• The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears
A Message Is Displayed on the LCD
Confirm the message and take an appropriate action.
• Check page size Press [OK]
The size of the loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting.
Load the same size of paper as that specified in the paper size setting, then press the OK button.
• Data error Press [OK]
A power failure has occurred or the power cord has been unplugged when the faxes are stored in the
machine's memory.
Important
• If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the machine's memory
are deleted.
• For details on how to unplug the power cord, see Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord.
Press the OK button.
After pressing the OK button, the list of the faxes deleted from the machine's memory (MEMORY
CLEAR REPORT) will be printed.
For details, refer to Summary of Reports and Lists.
• Cannot connect to the server; try again
You cannot connect to the server due to some communication error.
Press the OK button to dismiss the error, then try again after a while.
680
The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Icon
Appears
If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, the printer and application
software usage information is scheduled to be sent every month for about ten years. The Inkjet Printer/
Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program icon appears in the Dock when it is time to send the printer
usage information.
Read the instructions on the screen after clicking the icon, then follow the procedure below.
• If you agree to participate in the survey program:
Click Agree, then follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information will be sent via the
Internet. If you have followed the on-screen instructions, the information will be sent automatically
from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again.
Note
• If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not
be sent automatically from the second time onward and the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax
Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey.
• If you do not agree to participate in the survey program:
Click Do not agree. The confirmation screen will be closed, and the survey at that time is skipped.
The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later.
681
• To stop sending the information:
Click Turn off. The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is stopped, and the
information will not be sent. To resume the survey, see Changing the setting:.
• To uninstall the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program:
1. Stop the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
Changing the setting:
2. Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder, and double-click the Canon Utilities folder,
then the Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder.
3. Place the Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.app file into the
Trash.
4. Restart the computer.
Empty the Trash and restart your computer.
• Changing the setting:
To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume
surveying, follow the procedure below.
1. Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder, and double-click the Canon Utilities folder,
then the Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder.
2. Double-click the Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program icon.
◦ Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent:
If the check box is selected, the information will be sent automatically.
If the check box is not selected, the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program
icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey. Click the icon, then follow the onscreen instructions.
◦ Turn off/Turn on button:
Click the Turn off button to stop the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
Click the Turn on button to restart the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
682
If You Cannot Resolve the Problem
If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter, please contact the seller of
the machine or the service center.
Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers.
Caution
• If the machine emits any unusual sound, smoke, or odor, turn it off immediately. Unplug the power cord
from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center. Never attempt to repair or disassemble the
machine yourself.
• Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the machine will invalidate any warranty regardless of
whether the warranty has expired.
Before contacting the service center, confirm the following:
• Product name:
* Your machine's name is located on the front cover of the setup manual.
• Serial number: please refer to the setup manual
• Details of the problem
• What you tried to solve the problem, and what happened
683
List of Support Code for Error
The support code appears on the LCD and the computer screen when an error occurs.
"Support Code" means the error number and appears with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the LCD or the computer screen and take the
appropriate action.
Support Code Appears on the LCD and the Computer Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ
1003 1200 1203 1250 1300 1303
1401 1403 1485 1682 1684 1686
1688 168A 1702 1703 1704 1705
1712 1713 1714 1715 1871 1890
• 2000 to 2ZZZ
2110 2120 2700 2801 2802 2803
2900 2901
• 4000 to 4ZZZ
4100 4103
• 5000 to 5ZZZ
5011 5012 5040 5100 5200 5400
5B02 5B03 5B04 5B05 5B12 5B13
5B14 5B15
• 6000 to 6ZZZ
6000 6500 6800 6801 6900 6901
6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932
6933 6936 6937 6938 6939 693A
6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945
6946
• 9000 to 9ZZZ
9500
684
• A000 to ZZZZ
B201 B202 B203 B204
About the support code for paper jam, you can also refer to List of Support Code for Error (When Paper Is
Jammed).
685
List of Support Code for Error (When Paper Is Jammed)
If the paper is jammed, remove it following the procedure appropriate for each case.
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot:
1300
• If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot:
1303
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or from the transport unit:
Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine
• If the document is jammed in the ADF:
2801
• Cases other than above:
In Other Cases
686
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed in the paper output slot.
Action
If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot, remove the paper following the procedure
below.
Important
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received
fax or the unsent fax are stored in the machine's memory.
Turn the machine off after making sure that it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do
not unplug the power cord when turning the machine off.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
1. Pull the paper out slowly.
Hold the paper with your hands, then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it.
Note
• If you cannot pull the paper out, turn the machine off and turn it back on. The paper may be
ejected automatically.
• If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing, press the Stop
button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine.
• If you cannot pull the paper out from the paper output slot, try to pull the paper out from the
transport unit.
1303
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot, remove
the paper from inside the machine.
Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine
2. Reload the paper, and press the machine's OK button.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
687
If you turned off the machine in step 1, all print jobs in the queue are canceled. Reprint if necessary.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure that you are using suitable paper for printing and are
loading it correctly.
• We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or
graphics; otherwise, the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams.
If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine, or if the paper jam error continues
after removing the paper, contact the service center.
688
1303
Cause
Paper is jammed inside the machine at the transport unit.
Action
If you cannot see the paper at the paper output slot, remove the paper from the transport unit.
Remove the paper following the procedure below.
Important
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received
fax or the unsent fax are stored in the machine's memory.
Turn the machine off after making sure that it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do
not unplug the power cord when turning the machine off.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
Note
• If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing, press the Stop button to
cancel print jobs before turning off the machine.
1. Turn the machine off, then unplug the power cord.
2. Open the document cover.
Close the document tray if it is open.
3. Stand the machine with the right side facing down.
Important
• Stand the machine on a wide and flat surface such as a desk.
• When you stand the machine, hold it securely and be careful not to hit it on a hard object.
4. Open the transport unit.
When you open the transport unit, support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall down.
689
5. Pull out the jammed paper slowly.
When you pull the jammed paper, support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall down.
Note
• If the paper is rolled up and it is difficult to remove, grasp the edges of the paper, then remove
the jammed paper.
• If you cannot remove the jammed paper from the transport unit, close the transport unit, take
back the machine in original position, then remove the paper from inside the machine.
Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine
6. Close the transport unit.
Note
• After you close the transport unit, take back the machine in original position at once.
7. Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
8. Reload the paper.
All print jobs in the queue are canceled. Reprint if necessary.
If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine, or if the paper jam error continues
after removing the paper, contact the service center.
690
2801
Cause
The document is jammed in the ADF.
Action
Remove the document following the procedure below.
Important
• Do not open the document cover if the document is jammed. The jammed document may be torn.
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received
fax or the unsent fax are stored in the machine's memory.
Turn the machine off after making sure that it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do
not unplug the power cord when turning the machine off.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
• If the original remains in the ADF by pressing the Stop button while the machine is scanning
the document:
If you press the Stop button during scanning then the document remained in the ADF, the message
about the paper remained in the ADF appears on the LCD. Press the OK button so that the remaining
document is automatically fed out.
• If the original is jammed in the ADF:
Remove the document following the procedure below.
1. If printing is in progress, press the Stop button.
2. Turn off the machine.
3. Open the document feeder cover slowly.
If a multi-page document is loaded, open the document feeder cover after removing any pages
other than the jammed page from the ADF.
4. Pull out the jammed document from the ADF.
691
5. Close the document feeder cover, then turn on the machine.
When rescanning the document after clearing the error, rescan it from the first page.
If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the machine, or if the document jam
error continues after removing the document, contact the service center.
Note
• The document may not feed properly depending on the media type, or your environment, such as
when the temperature and humidity are either too high or too low.
In this case, reduce the number of document pages to approximately half of the loading capacity.
If the document still jams, use the platen glass instead.
• If the original is jammed in the ADF (from the paper feed side):
Remove the document following the procedure below.
1. If printing is in progress, press the Stop button.
2. Turn off the machine.
3. Close the document tray, then open the document feeder cover slowly.
4. Pull out the jammed document from the ADF.
692
5. Close the document feeder cover, then turn on the machine.
When rescanning the document after clearing the error, rescan it from the first page.
If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the machine, or if the document jam
error continues after removing the document, contact the service center.
Note
• The document may not feed properly depending on the media type, or your environment, such as
when the temperature and humidity are either too high or too low.
In this case, reduce the number of document pages to approximately half of the loading capacity.
If the document still jams, use the platen glass instead.
693
Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the
transport unit, or if the jammed paper remains inside the machine, remove the paper following the procedure
below.
Important
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received
fax or the unsent fax are stored in the machine's memory.
Turn the machine off after making sure that it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not
unplug the power cord when turning the machine off.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
Note
• If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing, press the Stop button to
cancel print jobs before turning off the machine.
1. Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
2. Open the paper output cover.
Remove the paper in the cassette if any.
Important
• Do not touch the clear film (A).
If the paper or your hands touch the clear film and blot or scratch it, the machine can be damaged.
3. Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the FINE cartridge holder.
694
If the jammed paper is under the FINE cartridge holder, move the FINE cartridge holder to the right edge
or the left edge whichever is easier to remove the paper.
When you move the FINE cartridge holder, hold the FINE cartridge holder and slide it slowly to the right
edge or the left edge.
4. Hold the jammed paper with your hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull it out.
5. Pull the paper slowly not to tear it, then pull the paper out.
6. Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed.
695
If the paper is torn, a piece of paper may remain inside the machine. Check the following and remove the
piece of paper if it remains.
• Does the piece of paper remain under the FINE cartridge holder?
• Does the little piece of paper remain inside the machine?
• Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space (B) inside the machine?
7. Close the paper output cover, then reload the paper.
All print jobs in the queue are canceled. Reprint if necessary.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure that you are using suitable paper for printing and are
loading it correctly. If the message about paper jam is displayed on the LCD of the machine or on
the computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper, a piece of
paper may remain inside the machine. In this case, confirm that no piece of paper remains inside
the machine.
If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine, or if the paper jam error continues
after removing the paper, contact the service center.
696
In Other Cases
Make sure of the following:
Check1
Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot?
Check2
Is the paper curled?
Load the paper after correcting its curl.
697
1003
Cause
The machine is out of paper, or paper does not feed.
Action
Close the paper output tray, pull the cassette out, then load the paper.
When you load the paper, insert the paper stack until the leading edge touches the far end of the
cassette.
After loading the paper, push the cassette so that the
as illustrated below.
mark on the cassette aligns with the front panel
When the cassette is inserted properly, you hear an electric sound once.
Open the paper output tray, then press the machine's OK button.
Note
• If you want to cancel printing, press the machine's Stop button.
698
1200
Cause
The paper output cover is open.
Action
Close the paper output cover and wait for a while.
Do not close it while you are replacing a FINE cartridge.
699
1203
Cause
The paper output cover is opened while printing is in progress.
Action
If paper is left inside the machine, remove the paper slowly with both hands and close the paper output
cover.
Press the machine's OK button to dismiss the error.
The machine ejects one blank sheet of paper and resumes printing from the next paper.
The machine will not reprint the page that was printed when the paper output cover is opened. Try printing
again.
Important
• Do not open or close the paper output cover while printing is in progress, as this can damage the
machine.
700
1250
Cause
The paper output tray is closed.
Action
Open the paper output tray to resume printing.
701
1401
Cause
The FINE cartridge is not installed.
Action
Install the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact the service center.
702
1403
Cause
The FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
Action
Replace the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact the service center.
703
1485
Cause
Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed.
Action
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this machine.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the machine's Stop button.
704
1682
Cause
The FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
Action
Replace the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact the service center.
705
1684
Cause
The ink cartridge cannot be recognized.
Action
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be
compatible with this machine.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the machine's Stop button.
706
1686
Cause
The ink may have run out.
Action
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled since the ink level cannot be correctly
detected.
If you want to continue printing without this function, press the machine's Stop button for at least 5
seconds.
Canon recommends to use new genuine Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities.
Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of
printing under the ink out condition.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled,
is displayed on the LCD.
• Since the information contained in the fax may be lost if it is printed in this condition, the received fax
will not be printed and will be stored in the machine's memory until the ink cartridge is replaced. You
must manually print out faxes that were stored in the memory. You can change the setting so that the
received fax is forcibly printed out instead of being stored in the memory, but all or part of the fax
information may not be printed because of the ink out condition.
707
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
Action
Replace the ink cartridge and close the paper output cover.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the machine's Stop button for at least 5
seconds with the ink cartridge installed. Then printing can continue under the ink out condition.
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled.
Replace the empty ink cartridge immediately after the printing. The resulting print quality is not
satisfactory, if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled,
is displayed on the LCD.
• Since the information contained in the fax may be lost if it is printed in this condition, the received fax
will not be printed and will be stored in the machine's memory until the ink cartridge is replaced. You
must manually print out faxes that were stored in the memory. You can change the setting so that the
received fax is forcibly printed out instead of being stored in the memory, but all or part of the fax
information may not be printed because of the ink out condition.
708
168A
Cause
The FINE cartridge is not installed properly, or the FINE cartridge not compatible with this machine is
installed.
Action
Open the paper output cover, then remove the FINE cartridges.
Make sure that the FINE cartridge compatible with the machine is installed.
Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.
When the FINE cartridge is installed properly, you hear an electric sound once.
After installing, close the paper output cover.
709
1702
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's OK button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
710
1703
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's OK button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
711
1704
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's OK button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
712
1705
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's OK button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
713
1712
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's OK button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
714
1713
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's OK button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
715
1714
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's OK button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
716
1715
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the machine's OK button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
717
1871
Cause
The cassette is not inserted.
Action
After loading the paper, push the cassette so that the
as illustrated below.
mark on the cassette aligns with the front panel
When the cassette is inserted properly, you hear an electric sound once.
Open the paper output tray, then press the machine's OK button.
Note
• The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after inserting the cassette. Register
the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette.
• If you want to cancel printing, press the machine's Stop button.
718
1890
Cause
The protective material for the FINE cartridge holder or the tape may remain attached to the holder.
Action
Open the paper output cover, then confirm that the protective material or the tape does not remain
attached to the FINE cartridge holder.
If you find the protective material or the tape remains attached, remove it, then close the paper output
cover.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
719
2110
Cause
The paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to
the machine.
Note
• For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the
LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Mac)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Mac)
• For copying, specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper information.
• For details on the cassette paper information registering to the machine:
Paper setting for Printing (Windows)
Paper setting for Printing (Mac)
Paper setting for Printing (Smartphone and so on)
If the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to
the machine as the following, a message is displayed on the LCD.
• Print settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: B5
Media type: Plain paper
• Cassette paper information registered to the machine:
Paper size: A4
Media type: Plain paper
Action
Pressing the machine's OK button, the following screen is displayed on the LCD.
Select what to do as necessary.
Note
• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.
Use cass. settings
Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings.
720
For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information
registered to the machine is A4, the machine starts printing or copying with B5 on the paper loaded in
the cassette.
Replace the paper
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette.
For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information
registered to the machine is A4, you load B5 sized paper in the cassette before you start printing or
copying.
The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting
the cassette. Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the
cassette.
Note
• If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine, press the Back button when the
screen to select the operation is displayed. When the previous screen is displayed, confirm the paper
size and the media type, then register them to the machine.
• For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the
LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Mac)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Mac)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying. Change the paper
settings, then try printing again.
Important
• About the default setting for displaying the message which prevents misprinting:
The default setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the
machine and when you print using the printer driver.
• When you print or copy from the operation panel of the machine, the message which prevents
misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting for printing or copying using the operation panel of the machine:
Cassette settings (Windows)
Cassette settings (Mac)
Cassette settings (Smartphone and so on)
• When you print using the printer driver, the message which prevents misprinting is disabled by
default.
To change the setting for printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Mac)
• When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:
721
The machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the
cassette paper information registered to the machine are different.
722
2120
Cause
The paper settings of the cassette is not complete.
Action
If the following screen is displayed, the paper settings of the cassette is not complete.
Press the machine's OK button to terminate the paper settings of the cassette.
723
2700
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• Some errors occurred while copying and a certain time passed.
• Document is remained in the ADF.
• Some errors occurred while scanning and the document is remained in the ADF.
Action
Take the corresponding actions below.
• When you copy, press the OK button to dismiss the error, and try to copy again.
• When the document is remained in the ADF, press the OK button to feed out the document.
• When you scan, press the Stop button to cancel the scanning, and try to scan again.
724
2802
Cause
No document in the ADF.
Action
Press the OK button to resolve the error, then operate again after loading documents.
725
2803
Cause
The document is too long or is jammed in the ADF.
Action
Press the OK button to dismiss the error. Then make sure that the document you are loading meets the
machine's requirements before redoing the operation.
If the document is jammed, remove the jammed document following the procedure below.
Important
• Do not open the document cover if the document is jammed. The jammed document may be torn.
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received
fax or the unsent fax are stored in the machine's memory.
Turn the machine off after making sure that it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do
not unplug the power cord when turning the machine off.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
• If the original is jammed in the ADF:
Remove the document following the procedure below.
1. If printing is in progress, press the Stop button.
2. Turn off the machine.
3. Open the document feeder cover slowly.
If a multi-page document is loaded, open the document feeder cover after removing any pages
other than the jammed page from the ADF.
4. Pull out the jammed document from the ADF.
726
5. Close the document feeder cover, then turn on the machine.
When rescanning the document after clearing the error, rescan it from the first page.
If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the machine, or if the document jam
error continues after removing the document, contact the service center.
Note
• The document may not feed properly depending on the media type, or your environment, such as
when the temperature and humidity are either too high or too low.
In this case, reduce the number of document pages to approximately half of the loading capacity.
If the document still jams, use the platen glass instead.
• If the original is jammed in the ADF (from the paper feed side):
Remove the document following the procedure below.
1. If printing is in progress, press the Stop button.
2. Turn off the machine.
3. Close the document tray, then open the document feeder cover slowly.
4. Pull out the jammed document from the ADF.
727
5. Close the document feeder cover, then turn on the machine.
When rescanning the document after clearing the error, rescan it from the first page.
If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the machine, or if the document jam
error continues after removing the document, contact the service center.
Note
• The document may not feed properly depending on the media type, or your environment, such as
when the temperature and humidity are either too high or too low.
In this case, reduce the number of document pages to approximately half of the loading capacity.
If the document still jams, use the platen glass instead.
728
2900
Cause
Scanning the print head alignment sheet has failed.
Action
Press the OK button to dismiss the error, then take the actions described below.
• Make sure that the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the
platen glass.
• Make sure the platen glass and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty.
• Make sure the type and size of loaded paper is suitable for Automatic Print Head Alignment.
For Automatic Print Head Alignment, always load one sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
• Make sure if print head nozzles are clogged.
Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head.
If the error is not resolved, perform Manual Print Head Alignment.
729
2901
Cause
Printing of the print head alignment pattern is complete and the machine is in waiting for scanning the
sheet.
Action
Proceed to scan the printed alignment pattern.
1. Load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.
Load the print head alignment sheet with the printed side facing down and align the mark
upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark
on the
.
2. Close the document cover gently, then press the machine's OK button.
The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be
adjusted automatically.
730
4100
Cause
The specified data cannot be printed.
Action
When you print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM, confirm the message on the computer
screen, make sure that genuine Canon FINE cartridges are all installed properly, then start printing again.
731
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with the current print settings.
Action
Press the machine's Stop button to cancel printing.
Then change the print settings and print again.
732
5011
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
733
5012
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
734
5040
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
735
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Cancel printing and turn off the machine. Then clear the jammed paper or protective material that is
preventing the FINE cartridge holder from moving, and turn on the machine again.
Cancel printing and turn off the machine.
Then confirm the following.
• Confirm that there are no materials (e.g. the protective material or jammed paper) that is preventing
the FINE cartridge holder from moving.
If any, remove the materials.
• Confirm that the FINE cartridges are installed properly.
Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.
After confirming the conditions above, turn on the machine again.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the FINE cartridge holder
from moving, be careful not to touch the clear film (A).
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
736
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
737
5400
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
738
5B02
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
739
5B03
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
740
5B04
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
741
5B05
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
742
5B12
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
743
5B13
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
744
5B14
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
745
5B15
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
746
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
747
6500
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
748
6800
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
749
6801
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
750
6900
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
751
6901
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
752
6902
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
753
6910
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
754
6911
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
755
6930
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
756
6931
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
757
6932
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
758
6933
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
759
6936
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
760
6937
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
761
6938
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
762
6939
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
763
693A
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
764
6940
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
765
6941
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
766
6942
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
767
6943
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
768
6944
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
769
6945
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
770
6946
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
771
9500
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
772
B201
Cause
An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
773
B202
Cause
An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
774
B203
Cause
An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
775
B204
Cause
An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred.
Action
Turn off the machine, and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply.
Contact the service center.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted.
776